Datasheet

Z8F642x, Z8F482x, Z8F322x,
Z8F242x, and Z8F162x
Z8 Encore!® Z8F642x Series

Microcontrollers with Flash
Memory and 10-Bit
A/D Converter
Preliminary Product Specification
PS019906-1003
ZiLOG Worldwide Headquarters • 532 Race Street • San Jose, CA 95126-3432

Telephone: 408.558.8500 • Fax: 408.558.8300 • www.ZiLOG.com
This publication is subject to replacement by a later edition. To determine whether
a later edition exists, or to request copies of publications, contact:
ZiLOG Worldwide Headquarters

532 Race Street
San Jose, CA 95126
Telephone: 408.558.8500
Fax: 408.558.8300
www.ZiLOG.com
Document Disclaimer
ZiLOG is a registered trademark of ZiLOG Inc. in the United States and in other countries. All other
products and/or service names mentioned herein may be trademarks of the companies with which
they are associated.
©2003 by ZiLOG, Inc. All rights reserved. Information in this publication concerning the devices,
applications, or technology described is intended to suggest possible uses and may be superseded.
ZiLOG, INC. DOES NOT ASSUME LIABILITY FOR OR PROVIDE A REPRESENTATION OF
ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION, DEVICES, OR TECHNOLOGY DESCRIBED IN THIS
DOCUMENT. ZiLOG ALSO DOES NOT ASSUME LIABILITY FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
INFRINGEMENT RELATED IN ANY MANNER TO USE OF INFORMATION, DEVICES, OR
TECHNOLOGY DESCRIBED HEREIN OR OTHERWISE. Devices sold by ZiLOG, Inc. are covered
by warranty and limitation of liability provisions appearing in the ZiLOG, Inc. Terms and Conditions of
Sale. ZiLOG, Inc. makes no warranty of merchantability or fitness for any purpose Except with the
express written approval of ZiLOG, use of information, devices, or technology as critical components
of life support systems is not authorized. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, by this
document under any intellectual property rights.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary
Z8F642x/Z8F482x/Z8F322x/Z8F242x/Z8F162x
Z8 Encore!®
iii
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Part Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CPU and Peripheral Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
eZ8 CPU Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
General Purpose I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Flash Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
UARTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
I2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Serial Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Reset Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
On-Chip Debugger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
DMA Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Signal and Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Available Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pin Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Pin Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Register File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Program Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Data Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Information Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Register File Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Control Register Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Reset and STOP Mode Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reset Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reset Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power-On Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Voltage Brown-Out Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

Z8 Encore!®
iv
Watch-Dog Timer Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

External Pin Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
STOP Mode Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
STOP Mode Recovery Using Watch-Dog Timer Time-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
STOP Mode Recovery Using a GPIO Port Pin Transition HALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
STOP Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
HALT Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
General-Purpose I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
GPIO Port Availability By Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
GPIO Alternate Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
GPIO Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
GPIO Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Port A-H Address Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Port A-H Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Port A-H Input Data Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Port A-H Output Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Interrupt Vector Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Master Interrupt Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Interrupt Vectors and Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Interrupt Assertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Software Interrupt Assertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Interrupt Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Interrupt Request 0 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
IRQ0 Enable High and Low Bit Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Interrupt Edge Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Interrupt Port Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Interrupt Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Z8 Encore!®
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Timer Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Reading the Timer Count Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Timer Output Signal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Timer Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Timer 0-3 High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Timer Reload High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Timer 0-3 PWM High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Timer 0-3 Control 0 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Timer 0-3 Control 1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Watch-Dog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Watch-Dog Timer Refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Watch-Dog Timer Time-Out Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Watch-Dog Timer Reload Unlock Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Watch-Dog Timer Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Watch-Dog Timer Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper, High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
UART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transmitting Data using the Polled Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Transmitting Data using the Interrupt-Driven Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Receiving Data using the Polled Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Receiving Data using the Interrupt-Driven Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Clear To Send (CTS) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Multiprocessor (9-bit) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
External Driver Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
UART Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
UART Baud Rate Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
UART Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
UART Transmit Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
UART Receive Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
UART Status 0 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
UART Status 1 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Z8 Encore!®
vi
UART Control 0 and Control 1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

UART Address Compare Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
UART Baud Rate High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Infrared Encoder/Decoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Transmitting IrDA Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Receiving IrDA Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Infrared Encoder/Decoder Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Serial Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
SPI Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
SPI Clock Phase and Polarity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Multi-Master Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Slave Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Error Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
SPI Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
SPI Baud Rate Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
SPI Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
SPI Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
SPI Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
SPI Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
SPI Mode Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
SPI Diagnostic State Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
SPI Baud Rate High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
I2C Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
SDA and SCL Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
I2C Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Start and Stop Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Write Transaction with a 7-Bit Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Write Transaction with a 10-Bit Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Read Transaction with a 7-Bit Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Read Transaction with a 10-Bit Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
I2C Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
I2C Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
I2C Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Z8 Encore!®
vii
I2C Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

I2C Baud Rate High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
I2C Diagnostic State Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
I2C Diagnostic Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Direct Memory Access Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
DMA0 and DMA1 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Configuring DMA0 and DMA1 for Data Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
DMA_ADC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Configuring DMA_ADC for Data Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
DMA Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
DMAx Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
DMAx I/O Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
DMAx Address High Nibble Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
DMAx Start/Current Address Low Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
DMAx End Address Low Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
DMA_ADC Address Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
DMA_ADC Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
DMA Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Analog-to-Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Automatic Power-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Single-Shot Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Continuous Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
DMA Control of the ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ADC Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ADC Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ADC Data High Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
ADC Data Low Bits Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Flash Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Information Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Timing Using the Flash Frequency Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Flash Read Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Flash Write/Erase Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Byte Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Page Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Z8 Encore!®
viii
Mass Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Flash Controller Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Flash Controller Behavior in Debug Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Flash Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Flash Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Flash Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Flash Page Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Flash Sector Protect Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Flash Frequency High and Low Byte Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Option Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Option Bit Configuration By Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Option Bit Address Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Program Memory Address 0000H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Program Memory Address 0001H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
On-Chip Debugger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
OCD Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Debug Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
OCD Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
OCD Auto-Baud Detector/Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
OCD Serial Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Breakpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
OCDCNTR Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
On-Chip Debugger Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
OCD Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
OCD Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
On-Chip Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Crystal Oscillator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Oscillator Operation with an External RC Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Z8 Encore!®
ix
General Purpose I/O Port Input Data Sample Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

General Purpose I/O Port Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
On-Chip Debugger Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
SPI Master Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
SPI Slave Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
I2C Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
UART Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
eZ8 CPU Instruction Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Assembly Language Programming Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Assembly Language Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Condition Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Flags Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Opcode Maps 238
Packaging 242
Ordering Information 247
Part Number Description 250
Precharacterization Product 250
Document Information 251
Document Number Description 251
Customer Feedback Form 252
The Z8 Encore®! Product Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Product Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Return Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Problem Description or Suggestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Z8 Encore!®
List of Figures
Figure 1. Z8 Encore!® Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 2. Z8Fxx01 in 40-Pin Dual Inline Package (PDIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Figure 3. Z8Fxx21 in 44-Pin Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Figure 4. Z8Fxx21 in 44-Pin Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Figure 5. Z8Fxx22 in 64-Pin Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP) . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Figure 6. Z8Fxx22 in 68-Pin Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Figure 7. Z8Fxx23 in 80-Pin Quad Flat Package (QFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Figure 8. Power-On Reset Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Figure 9. Voltage Brown-Out Reset Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 10. GPIO Port Pin Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Figure 11. Interrupt Controller Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Figure 12. Timer Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Figure 13. UART Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Figure 14. UART Asynchronous Data Format without Parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 15. UART Asynchronous Data Format with Parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 16. UART Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Figure 17. UART Driver Enable Signal Timing (shown with 1 Stop Bit and Parity) 108
Figure 18. UART Receiver Interrupt Service Routine Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Figure 19. Infrared Data Communication System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Figure 20. Infrared Data Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Figure 21. Infrared Data Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Figure 22. SPI Configured as a Master in a Single Master, Single Slave System . . . 126
Figure 23. SPI Configured as a Master in a Single Master, Multiple Slave System . . 127
Figure 24. SPI Configured as a Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Figure 25. SPI Timing When PHASE is 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Figure 26. SPI Timing When PHASE is 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Figure 27. 7-Bit Addressed Slave Data Transfer Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Figure 28. 10-Bit Addressed Slave Data Transfer Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Figure 29. Receive Data Transfer Format for a 7-Bit Addressed Slave . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Figure 30. Receive Data Format for a 10-Bit Addressed Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Figure 31. Analog-to-Digital Converter Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Figure 32. Flash Memory Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Figure 33. On-Chip Debugger Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Figures

Z8 Encore!®
xi
Figure 34. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an

RS-232 Interface (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Figure 35. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an
RS-232 Interface (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Figure 36. OCD Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Figure 37. Recommended 20MHz Crystal Oscillator Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Figure 38. Connecting the On-Chip Oscillator to an External RC Network . . . . . . . . 199
Figure 39. Typical RC Oscillator Frequency as a Function of the External
Capacitance with a 15kW Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Figure 40. Nominal ICC Versus System Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 41. Nominal HALT Mode ICC Versus System Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 42. Port Input Sample Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 43. GPIO Port Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 44. On-Chip Debugger Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Figure 45. SPI Master Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 46. SPI Slave Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 47. I2C Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Figure 48. UART Timing with CTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Figure 49. UART Timing without CTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Figure 50. Flags Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Figure 51. Opcode Map Cell Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Figure 52. First Opcode Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Figure 53. Second Opcode Map after 1FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Figure 54. 40-Lead Plastic Dual-Inline Package (PDIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Figure 55. 44-Lead Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Figure 56. 44-Lead Plastic Lead Chip Carrier Package (PLCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Figure 57. 64-Lead Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Figure 58. 68-Lead Plastic Lead Chip Carrier Package (PLCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Figure 59. 80-Lead Quad-Flat Package (QFP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Figures

Z8 Encore!®
xii
List of Tables
Table 1. Z8 Encore!® Part Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table 2. Z8 Encore!® Package Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table 3. Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Table 4. Pin Characteristics of the Z8 Encore!® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Table 5. Z8F642x Family Program Memory Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Table 6. Z8F642x Family Information Area Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Table 7. Register File Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Table 8. Reset and STOP Mode Recovery Characteristics and Latency . . . . . . . . . . 44
Table 9. Reset Sources and Resulting Reset Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Table 10. STOP Mode Recovery Sources and Resulting Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Table 11. Port Availability by Device and Package Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Table 12. Port Alternate Function Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Table 13. Port A-H GPIO Address Registers (PxADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 14. GPIO Port Registers and Sub-Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 15. Port A-H Control Registers (PxCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Table 16. Port A-H Data Direction Sub-Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Table 17. Port A-H Alternate Function Sub-Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Table 18. Port A-H Output Control Sub-Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Table 19. Port A-H High Drive Enable Sub-Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 20. Port A-H Input Data Registers (PxIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 21. Port A-H STOP Mode Recovery Source Enable Sub-Registers . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 22. Port A-H Output Data Register (PxOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 23. Interrupt Vectors in Order of Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Table 24. Interrupt Request 0 Register (IRQ0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Table 27. IRQ0 Enable and Priority Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 28. IRQ0 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ0ENH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 29. IRQ0 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ0ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Tables

Z8 Encore!®
xiii

Table 36. Interrupt Edge Select Register (IRQES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 37. Interrupt Port Select Register (IRQPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 38. Interrupt Control Register (IRQCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Table 39. Timer 0-3 High Byte Register (TxH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 40. Timer 0-3 Low Byte Register (TxL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 41. Timer 0-3 Reload High Byte Register (TxRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Table 42. Timer 0-3 Reload Low Byte Register (TxRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Table 43. Timer 0-3 PWM High Byte Register (TxPWMH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 44. Timer 0-3 PWM Low Byte Register (TxPWML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 45. Timer 0-3 Control 0 Register (TxCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Table 46. Timer 0-3 Control 1 Register (TxCTL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Table 47. Watch-Dog Timer Approximate Time-Out Delays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Table 48. Watch-Dog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 49. Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 50. Watch-Dog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 51. Watch-Dog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Table 52. UART Transmit Data Register (UxTXD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Table 53. UART Receive Data Register (UxRXD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Table 54. UART Status 0 Register (UxSTAT0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Table 55. UART Status 1 Register (UxSTAT1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table 56. UART Control 0 Register (UxCTL0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table 57. UART Control 1 Register (UxCTL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 58. UART Address Compare Register (UxADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Table 59. UART Baud Rate High Byte Register (UxBRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 60. UART Baud Rate Low Byte Register (UxBRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 61. UART Baud Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Table 62. SPI Clock Phase (PHASE) and Clock Polarity (CLKPOL) Operation . . . 129
Table 63. SPI Data Register (SPIDATA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Table 64. SPI Control Register (SPICTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 65. SPI Status Register (SPISTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Table 66. SPI Mode Register (SPIMODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Table 67. SPI Diagnostic State Register (SPIDST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Table 68. SPI Baud Rate High Byte Register (SPIBRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Table 69. SPI Baud Rate Low Byte Register (SPIBRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Z8 Encore!®
xiv
Table 70. I2C Data Register (I2CDATA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Table 71. I2C Status Register (I2CSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Table 72. I2C Control Register (I2CCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Table 73. I2C Baud Rate High Byte Register (I2CBRH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Table 74. I2C Baud Rate Low Byte Register (I2CBRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Table 75. I2C Diagnostic State Register (I2CDST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 76. I2C Diagnostic Control Register (I2CDIAG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 77. DMAx Control Register (DMAxCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Table 78. DMAx I/O Address Register (DMAxIO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Table 79. DMAx Address High Nibble Register (DMAxH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Table 80. DMAx Start/Current Address Low Byte Register (DMAxSTART) . . . . . 157
Table 81. DMAx End Address Low Byte Register (DMAxEND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Table 82. DMA_ADC Register File Address Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Table 83. DMA_ADC Address Register (DMAA_ADDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Table 84. DMA_ADC Control Register (DMAACTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Table 85. DMA_ADC Status Register (DMAA_STAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Table 86. ADC Control Register (ADCCTL) 165
Table 87. ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCD_H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Table 88. ADC Data Low Bits Register (ADCD_L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Table 89. Flash Memory Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Table 90. Flash Memory Sector Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Table 91. Z8F642x family Information Area Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Table 92. Flash Control Register (FCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Table 93. Flash Status Register (FSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Table 94. Flash Page Select Register (FPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Table 95. Flash Sector Protect Register (FPROT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Table 96. Flash Frequency High Byte Register (FFREQH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Table 97. Flash Frequency Low Byte Register (FFREQL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Table 98. Option Bits At Program Memory Address 0000H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Table 99. Options Bits at Program Memory Address 0001H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Table 100. OCD Baud-Rate Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Table 101. On-Chip Debugger Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Table 102. OCD Control Register (OCDCTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Table 103. OCD Status Register (OCDSTAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Table 104. Recommended Crystal Oscillator Specifications (20MHz Operation) . . . 198
Table 105. Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Z8 Encore!®
xv
Table 106. DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Table 107. Power-On Reset and Voltage Brown-Out Electrical Characteristic
and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Table 108. Reset and STOP Mode Recovery Pin Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Table 109. Flash Memory Electrical Characteristics and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Table 110. Watch-Dog Timer Electrical Characteristics and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Table 111. Analog-to-Digital Converter Electrical Characteristics and Timing . . . . . 208
Table 112. AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 113. GPIO Port Input Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 114. GPIO Port Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Table 115. On-Chip Debugger Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Table 116. SPI Master Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Table 117. SPI Slave Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Table 118. I2C Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Table 119. UART Timing with CTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Table 120. UART Timing without CTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Table 121. Notational Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Table 122. Additional Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Table 123. Condition Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 124. Arithmetic Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 125. Bit Manipulation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 126. Block Transfer Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 127. CPU Control Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Table 128. Load Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Table 129. Logical Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Table 130. Program Control Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Table 131. Rotate and Shift Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 132. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 133. Opcode Map Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Table 134. Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Z8 Encore!®
xvi
Manual Objectives
This Product Specification provides detailed operating information for the Z8F642x,
Z8F482x, Z8F322x, Z8F242x, and Z8F162x devices within the Z8 Encore!® Microcon-
troller (MCU) family of products. Within this document, the Z8F642x, Z8F482x,
Z8F322x, Z8F242x, and Z8F162x are referred to collectively as the Z8 Encore!® or the
Z8F642x family unless specifically stated otherwise.
About This Manual

ZiLOG recommends that the user read and understand everything in this manual before
setting up and using the product. However, we recognize that there are different styles of
learning. Therefore, we have designed this Product Specification to be used either as a
how to procedural manual or a reference guide to important data.
Intended Audience
This document is written for ZiLOG customers who are experienced at working with
microcontrollers, integrated circuits, or printed circuit assemblies.
Manual Conventions
The following assumptions and conventions are adopted to provide clarity and ease of use:
Courier Typeface
Commands, code lines and fragments, bits, equations, hexadecimal addresses, and various
executable items are distinguished from general text by the use of the Courier typeface.
Where the use of the font is not indicated, as in the Index, the name of the entity is pre-
sented in upper case.
• Example: FLAGS[1] is smrf.
Hexadecimal Values
Hexadecimal values are designated by uppercase H suffix and appear in the Courier
typeface.
• Example: R1 is set to F8H.
Brackets
The square brackets, [ ], indicate a register or bus.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Manual Objectives

Z8 Encore!®
xvii
• Example: for the register R1[7:0], R1 is an 8-bit register, R1[7] is the most significant
bit, and R1[0] is the least significant bit.
Braces
The curly braces, { }, indicate a single register or bus created by concatenating some com-
bination of smaller registers, buses, or individual bits.
• Example: the 12-bit register address {0H, RP[7:4], R1[3:0]} is composed of a 4-bit
hexadecimal value (0H) and two 4-bit register values taken from the Register Pointer
(RP) and Working Register R1. 0H is the most significant nibble (4-bit value) of the
12-bit register, and R1[3:0] is the least significant nibble of the 12-bit register.
Parentheses
The parentheses, ( ), indicate an indirect register address lookup.
• Example: (R1) is the memory location referenced by the address contained in the
Working Register R1.
Parentheses/Bracket Combinations
The parentheses, ( ), indicate an indirect register address lookup and the square brackets,
[ ], indicate a register or bus.
• Example: assume PC[15:0] contains the value 1234h. (PC[15:0]) then refers to the
contents of the memory location at address 1234h.
Use of the Words Set, Reset and Clear

The word set implies that a register bit or a condition contains a logical 1. The words reset
or clear imply that a register bit or a condition contains a logical 0. When either of these
terms is followed by a number, the word logical may not be included; however, it is
implied.
Notation for Bits and Similar Registers

A field of bits within a register is designated as: Register[n:n].
• Example: ADDR[15:0] refers to bits 15 through bit 0 of the Address.
Use of the Terms LSB, MSB, lsb, and msb

In this document, the terms LSB and MSB, when appearing in upper case, mean least sig-
nificant byte and most significant byte, respectively. The lowercase forms, lsb and msb,
mean least significant bit and most significant bit, respectively.
Use of Initial Uppercase Letters

Initial uppercase letters designate settings and conditions in general text.
• Example 1: The receiver forces the SCL line to Low.

Z8 Encore!®
xviii
• Example 2: The Master can generate a Stop condition to abort the transfer.
Use of All Uppercase Letters

The use of all uppercase letters designates the names of states, modes, and commands.
• Example 1: The bus is considered BUSY after the Start condition.
• Example 2: A START command triggers the processing of the initialization sequence.
• Example 3: STOP mode
Bit Numbering
Bits are numbered from 0 to n–1 where n indicates the total number of bits. For example,
the 8 bits of a register are numbered from 0 to 7.
Safeguards
It is important that all users understand the following safety terms, which are defined here.
Caution: Indicates a procedure or file may become corrupted if the user does not fol-
low directions.
Trademarks
ZiLOG, eZ8, Z8 Encore!®, and Z8® are trademarks of ZiLOG, Inc. in the U.S.A. and other
countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective corporations.

Z8 Encore!®
Introduction
The Z8 Encore!® MCU family of products are a line of ZiLOG microcontroller products
based upon the 8-bit eZ8 CPU. The Z8F642x/Z8F482x/Z8F322x/Z8F242x/Z8F162x
products, hereafter referred to collectively as Z8 Encore!® or the Z8F642x family. The
Z8F642x family adds Flash memory to ZiLOG’s extensive line of 8-bit microcontrollers.
The Flash in-circuit programming capability allows for faster development time and pro-
gram changes in the field. The new eZ8 CPU is upward compatible with existing Z8®
instructions. The rich peripheral set of the Z8 Encore!® makes it suitable for a variety of
applications including motor control, security systems, home appliances, personal elec-
tronic devices, and sensors.
Features
• 20MHz eZ8 CPU
• Up to 64KB Flash memory with in-circuit programming capability
• Up to 4KB register RAM
• 12-channel, 10-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
• Two full-duplex 9-bit UARTs with bus transceiver Driver Enable control
• I2C
• Serial Peripheral Interface
• Two Infrared Data Association (IrDA)-compliant infrared encoder/decoders
• Up to four 16-bit timers with capture, compare, and PWM capability
• Watch-Dog Timer (WDT) with internal RC oscillator
• 3-channel DMA
• Up to 60 I/O pins
• 24 interrupts with configurable priority
• On-Chip Debugger
• Voltage Brown-out Protection (VBO)
• Power-On Reset (POR)
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Introduction

Z8 Encore!®
• 3.0-3.6V operating voltage with 5V-tolerant inputs

• 0° to +70°C and -40° to +105°C operating temperature ranges
Part Selection Guide

Table 1 identifies the basic features and package styles available for each device within the
Z8 Encore!® product line.
Table 1. Z8 Encore!® Part Selection Guide
Part Flash RAM 16-bit Timers ADC UARTs 40/44-pin 64/68-pin 80-pin
Number (KB) (KB) I/O with PWM Inputs with IrDA I2C SPI packages packages package
Z8F1621 16 2 31 3 8 2 1 1 X
Z8F1622 16 2 46 4 12 2 1 1 X
Z8F2421 24 2 31 3 8 2 1 1 X
Z8F2422 24 2 46 4 12 2 1 1 X
Z8F3221 32 2 31 3 8 2 1 1 X
Z8F3222 32 2 46 4 12 2 1 1 X
Z8F4821 48 4 31 3 8 2 1 1 X
Z8F4822 48 4 46 4 12 2 1 1 X
Z8F4823 48 4 60 4 12 2 1 1 X
Z8F6421 64 4 31 3 8 2 1 1 X
Z8F6422 64 4 46 4 12 2 1 1 X
Z8F6423 64 4 60 4 12 2 1 1 X

Z8 Encore!®
Block Diagram
Figure 1 illustrates the block diagram of the architecture of the Z8 Encore!®.
XTAL / RC On-Chip
Oscillator Debugger
POR/VBO
eZ8
Interrupt & Reset WDT with
CPU
Controller Controller RC Oscillator
System
Clock
Memory Busses
Register Bus
Timers UARTs I2C SPI ADC DMA Flash RAM

Controller Controller
IrDA
Flash
Memory RAM
GPIO
Figure 1. Z8 Encore!® Block Diagram
CPU and Peripheral Overview
eZ8 CPU Features

The eZ8, ZiLOG’s latest 8-bit Central Processing Unit (CPU), meets the continuing
demand for faster and more code-efficient microcontrollers. The eZ8 CPU executes a
superset of the original Z8 instruction set. The eZ8 CPU features include:
• Direct register-to-register architecture allows each register to function as an
accumulator, improving execution time and decreasing the required program memory

Z8 Encore!®
• Software stack allows much greater depth in subroutine calls and interrupts than
hardware stacks
• Compatible with existing Z8 code
• Expanded internal Register File allows access of up to 4KB
• New instructions improve execution efficiency for code developed using higher-level
programming languages, including C
• Pipelined instruction fetch and execution
• New instructions for improved performance including BIT, BSWAP, BTJ, CPC, LDC,
LDCI, LEA, MULT, and SRL
• New instructions support 12-bit linear addressing of the Register File
• Up to 10 MIPS operation
• C-Compiler friendly
• 2-9 clock cycles per instruction
For more information regarding the eZ8 CPU, refer to the eZ8 CPU User Manual avail-
able for download at www.zilog.com.
General Purpose I/O

The Z8F642x family features seven 8-bit ports (Ports A-G) and one 4-bit port (Port H) for
general purpose I/O (GPIO). Each pin is individually programmable.
Flash Controller
The Flash Controller programs and erases the Flash memory.
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter

The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) converts an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary
number. The ADC accepts inputs from up to 12 different analog input sources.
UARTs
Each UART is full-duplex and capable of handling asynchronous data transfers. The
UARTs support 8- and 9-bit data modes, selectable parity, and an efficient bus transceiver
Driver Enable signal for controlling a multi-transceiver bus, such as RS-485.
I2C
The inter-integrated circuit (I2C®) controller makes the Z8 Encore!® compatible with the
I2C protocol. The I2C controller consists of two bidirectional bus lines, a serial data (SDA)
line and a serial clock (SCL) line.

Z8 Encore!®
Serial Peripheral Interface

The serial peripheral interface (SPI) allows the Z8 Encore!® to exchange data between
other peripheral devices such as EEPROMs, A/D converters and ISDN devices. The SPI is
a full-duplex, synchronous, character-oriented channel that supports a four-wire interface.
Timers
Up to four 16-bit reloadable timers can be used for timing/counting events or for motor
control operations. These timers provide a 16-bit programmable reload counter and oper-
ate in One-Shot, Continuous, Gated, Capture, Compare, Capture and Compare, and PWM
modes. Only 3 timers (Timers 0-2) are available in the 44-pin packages.
Interrupt Controller
The Z8F642x family products support up to 24 interrupts. These interrupts consist of 12
internal and 12 general-purpose I/O pins. The interrupts have 3 levels of programmable
interrupt priority.
Reset Controller
The Z8 Encore!® can be reset using the RESET pin, power-on reset, Watch-Dog Timer
(WDT), STOP mode exit, or Voltage Brown-Out (VBO) warning signal.
On-Chip Debugger
The Z8 Encore!® features an integrated On-Chip Debugger (OCD). The OCD provides a
rich set of debugging capabilities, such as reading and writing registers, programming the
Flash, setting breakpoints and executing code. A single-pin interface provides communi-
cation to the OCD.
DMA Controller
The Z8F642x family features three channels of DMA. Two of the channels are for register
RAM to and from I/O operations. The third channel automatically controls the transfer of
data from the ADC to the memory.

Z8 Encore!®
Signal and Pin Descriptions

Overview
The Z8F642x family products are available in a variety of packages styles and pin config-
urations. This chapter describes the signals and available pin configurations for each of the
package styles. For information regarding the physical package specifications, please refer
to the chapter Packaging on page 242.
Available Packages
Table 2 identifies the package styles that are available for each device within the Z8F642x
family product line.
Table 2. Z8 Encore!® Package Options
40-Pin 44-pin 44-pin 64-pin 68-pin 80-pin

Part Number PDIP LQFP PLCC LQFP PLCC QFP
Z8F1621 X X X
Z8F1622 X X
Z8F2421 X X X
Z8F2422 X X
Z8F3221 X X X
Z8F3222 X X
Z8F4821 X X X
Z8F4822 X X
Z8F4823 X
Z8F6421 X X X
Z8F6422 X X
Z8F6423 X
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Signal and Pin Descriptions

Z8 Encore!TM
Pin Configurations
Figures 2 through 7 illustrate the pin configurations for all of the packages available in the
Z8F642x family. Refer to Table 3 for a description of the signals. Please note that Timer 3
is not available in the 40-pin and 44-pin packages.
PD4/RXD1 1 40 PD5 / TXD1

PD3 PC4 / MOSI
PC5 / MISO PA4 / RXD0
PA3 / CTS0 PA5 / TXD0
PA2 5 PA6 / SCL
PA1 / T0OUT 35 PA7 / SDA
PA0 / T0IN PD6 / CTS1
PC2 / SS PC3 / SCK
RESET VSS
VDD 10 VDD
VSS 30 PC6 / T2IN *
PD1 DBG
PD0 PC1 / T1OUT
XOUT PC0 / T1IN
XIN 15 AVSS
AVDD 25 VREF
PB0 / ANA0 PB2 / ANA2
PB5 / ANA5 20 21 PB6 / ANA6
Note: Timer 3 is not supported. * T2OUT is not supported.
Figure 2. Z8Fxx01 in 40-Pin Dual Inline Package (PDIP)

Z8 Encore!TM
PA1 / T0OUT
PA4 / RXD0
PD4 / RXD1
PA5 / TXD0
PD5 / TXD1
PC5 / MISO
PC4 / MOSI
PA3 / CTS0
PA6 / SCL
PA2 / DE0
PD3 / DE1
6 1 40
PA0 / T0IN 7 39 PA7 / SDA
PD2 PD6 / CTS1
PC2 / SS PC3 / SCK
RESET VSS
VDD VDD
VSS 12 34 PC7 / T2OUT
PD1 PC6 / T2IN
PD0 DBG
XOUT PC1 / T1OUT
XIN PC0 / T1IN
VDD 17 29 VSS
18 23 28
PB3 / ANA3
PB0 / ANA0
PB1 / ANA1
PB4 / ANA4
PB5 / ANA5
PB6 / ANA6
PB7 / ANA7
PB2 / ANA2
VREF
AVDD
AVSS
Figure 3. Z8Fxx21 in 44-Pin Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC)

Z8 Encore!TM
PA1 / T0OUT
PA4 / RXD0
PD4 / RXD1
PA5 / TXD0
PD5 / TXD1
PC5 / MISO
PC4 / MOSI
PA3 / CTS0
PA6 / SCL
PA2 / DE0
PD3 / DE1
33 28 23
PA0 / T0IN 34 22 PA7 / SDA
PD2 PD6 / CTS1
PC2 / SS PC3 / SCK
RESET VSS
VDD VDD
VSS 39 17 PC7 / T2OUT
PD1 PC6 / T2IN
PD0 DBG
XOUT PC1 / T1OUT
XIN PC0 / T1IN
VDD 44 12 VSS
1 6 11
PB0 / ANA0
PB1 / ANA1
PB4 / ANA4
PB5 / ANA5
PB6 / ANA6
PB7 / ANA7
PB3 / ANA3
PB2 / ANA2
VREF
AVDD
AVSS
Figure 4. Z8Fxx21 in 44-Pin Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP)

Z8 Encore!TM
10
PA1 / T0OUT
PD4 / RXD1
PA4 / RXD0
PD5 / TXD1
PC4 / MOSI
PA3 / CTS0
PA5 / TXD0
PC5 / MISO
PD3 / DE1
PA2 / DE0
PA6 / SCL
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
PF7
48 40 33
PA0 / T0IN 49 32 PA7 / SDA
PD2 PD6 / CTS1
PC2 / SS PC3 / SCK
RESET PD7 / RCOUT
VDD VSS
PE4 PE5
PE3 PE6
VSS 56 25 PE7
PE2 VDD
PE1 PG3
PE0 VDD
VSS PC7 / T2OUT
PD1 / T3OUT PC6 / T2IN
PD0 / T3IN DBG
XOUT PC1 / T1OUT
XIN 64 17 PC0 / T1IN
1 8 16
PH0 / ANA8
PH1 / ANA9
PH2 / ANA10
PH3 / ANA11
PB0 / ANA0
PB1 / ANA1
PB4 / ANA4
PB5 / ANA5
PB6 / ANA6
PB7 / ANA7
PB3 / ANA3
PB2 / ANA2
VREF
AVDD
VSS
AVSS
Figure 5. Z8Fxx22 in 64-Pin Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP)

Z8 Encore!TM
11
PA1 / T0OUT
PD4 / RXD1
PA4 / RXD0
PC4 / MOSI
PD5 / TXD1
PA3 / CTS0
PA5 / TXD0
PC5 / MISO
PD3 / DE1
PA2 / DE0
PA6 / SCL
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
PF7
9 1 61
PA0 / T0IN 10 60 PA7 / SDA
PD2 PD6 / CTS1
PC2 / SS PC3 / SCK
RESET PD7 / RCOUT
VDD VSS
PE4 PE5
PE3 PE6
VSS PE7
PE2 18 52 VDD
PE1 PG3
PE0 VDD
VSS PC7 / T2OUT
VDD PC6 / T2IN
PD1 / T3OUT DBG
PD0 / T3IN PC1 / T1OUT
XOUT PC0 / T1IN
XIN 26 44 VSS
27 35 43
PB2 / ANA2
PH0 / ANA8
PH1 / ANA9
PH2 / ANA10
PH3 / ANA11
PB0 / ANA0
PB1 / ANA1
PB4 / ANA4
PB5 / ANA5
PB6 / ANA6
PB7 / ANA7
PB3 / ANA3
VREF
AVDD
VSS
AVSS
AVSS
Figure 6. Z8Fxx22 in 68-Pin Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC)

Z8 Encore!TM
12
PA1 / T0OUT
PD4 / RXD1
PA4 / RXD0
PD5 / TXD1
PC4 / MOSI
PA5 / TXD0
PA3 / CTS0
PC5 / MISO
PD3 / DE1
PA2 / DE0
PA6 / SCL
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
PF7
80 75 70 65
PA0 / T0IN 1 64 PA7 / SDA
PD2 PD6 / CTS1
PC2 / SS PC3 / SCK
PF6 PD7 / RCOUT
RESET 5 60 PG0
VDD VSS
PF5 PG1
PF4 PG2
PF3 PE5
PE4 10 55 PE6
PE3 PE7
VSS VDD
PE2 PG3
PE1 PG4
PE0 15 50 PG5
VSS PG6
PF2 VDD
PF1 PG7
PF0 PC7 / T2OUT
VDD 20 45 PC6 / T2IN
PD1 / T3OUT DBG
PD0 / T3IN PC1 / T1OUT
XOUT PC0 / T1IN
XIN 24 41 VSS
25 30 35 40
PB2 / ANA2
AVDD
VSS
AVSS
PH0 / ANA8
PH1 / ANA9
PH2 / ANA10
PH3 / ANA11
VREF
PB0 / ANA0
PB1 / ANA1
PB4 / ANA4
PB5 / ANA5
PB6 / ANA6
PB7 / ANA7
PB3 / ANA3
Figure 7. Z8Fxx23 in 80-Pin Quad Flat Package (QFP)

Z8 Encore!TM
13
Signal Descriptions
Table 3 describes the Z8 Encore!TM signals. Refer to the section Pin Configurations on
page 7 to determine the signals available for the specific package styles.
Table 3. Signal Descriptions
Signal Mnemonic I/O Description
General-Purpose I/O Ports A-H

PA[7:0] I/O Port A[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PB[7:0] I/O Port B[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PC[7:0] I/O Port C[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PD[7:0] I/O Port D[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PE[7:0] I/O Port E[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PF[7:0] I/O Port F[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PG[7:0] I/O Port G[7:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
PH[3:0] I/O Port H[3:0]. These pins are used for general-purpose I/O.
I2C Controller
SCL O Serial Clock. This is the output clock for the I2C. This pin is multiplexed with a
general-purpose I/O pin. When the general-purpose I/O pin is configured for
alternate function to enable the SCL function, this pin is open-drain.
SDA I/O Serial Data. This open-drain pin transfers data between the I2C and a slave. This
pin is multiplexed with a general-purpose I/O pin. When the general-purpose I/O
pin is configured for alternate function to enable the SDA function, this pin is
open-drain.
SPI Controller
SS I/O Slave Select. This signal can be an output or an input. If the Z8 Encore!TM is the
SPI master, this pin may be configured as the Slave Select output. If the Z8
Encore!TM is the SPI slave, this pin is the input slave select. It is multiplexed with
a general-purpose I/O pin.
SCK I/O SPI Serial Clock. The SPI master supplies this pin. If the Z8 Encore!TM is the SPI
master, this pin is an output. If the Z8 Encore! is the SPI slave, this pin is an
input. It is multiplexed with a general-purpose I/O pin.
MOSI I/O Master Out Slave In. This signal is the data output from the SPI master device and
the data input to the SPI slave device. It is multiplexed with a general-purpose I/O
pin.
MISO I/O Master In Slave Out. This pin is the data input to the SPI master device and the
data output from the SPI slave device. It is multiplexed with a general-purpose I/O
pin.

Z8 Encore!TM
14
Table 3. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
UART Controllers
TXD0 / TXD1 O Transmit Data. These signals are the transmit outputs from the UARTs. The TXD
signals are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O pins.
RXD0 / RXD1 I Receive Data. These signals are the receiver inputs for the UARTs and IrDAs. The
RXD signals are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O pins.
CTS0 / CTS1 I Clear To Send. These signals are control inputs for the UARTs. The CTS signals
are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O pins.
DE0 / DE1 O Driver Enable. This signal allows automatic control of external RS-485 drivers.
This signal is approximately the inverse of the TXE (Transmit Empty) bit in the
UART Status 0 register. The DE signal may be used to ensure an external RS-485
driver is enabled when data is transmitted by the UART.
Timers
T0OUT / T1OUT/ O Timer Output 0-3. These signals are output pins from the timers. The Timer
T2OUT / T3OUT Output signals are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O pins. T3OUT is not
available in 44-pin package devices.
T0IN / T1IN/ I Timer Input 0-3. These signals are used as the capture, gating and counter inputs.
T2IN / T3IN The Timer Input signals are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O pins. T3IN is
not available in 44-pin package devices.
Analog
ANA[11:0] I Analog Input. These signals are inputs to the analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
The ADC analog inputs are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O pins.
VREF I Analog-to-digital converter reference voltage input. The VREF pin should be left
unconnected (or capacitively coupled to analog ground) if the internal voltage
reference is selected as the ADC reference voltage.
Oscillators
XIN I External Crystal Input. This is the input pin to the crystal oscillator. A crystal can
be connected between it and the XOUT pin to form the oscillator.
XOUT O External Crystal Output. This pin is the output of the crystal oscillator. A crystal
can be connected between it and the XIN pin to form the oscillator.
RCOUT O RC Oscillator Output. This signal is the output of the RC oscillator. It is
multiplexed with a general-purpose I/O pin.

Z8 Encore!TM
15
Table 3. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
On-Chip Debugger
DBG I/O Debug. This pin is the control and data input and output to and from the On-Chip
Debugger. For operation of the On-chip debugger, all power pins (VDD and
AVDD) must be supplied with power, and all ground pins (VSS and AVSS) must be
grounded. This pin is open-drain and must have an external pull-up resistor to
ensure proper operation
Reset
RESET I RESET. Generates a Reset when asserted (driven Low).
Power Supply
VDD I Power Supply.
AVDD I Analog Power Supply.
VSS I Ground.
AVSS I Analog Ground.
Pin Characteristics
Table 4 provides detailed information on the characteristics for each pin available on the
Z8 Encore!® products. Data in Table 4 is sorted alphabetically by the pin symbol mne-
monic.
Table 4. Pin Characteristics of the Z8 Encore!®
Active Low Internal Schmitt

Symbol Reset or Tri-State Pull-up or Trigger Open Drain
Mnemonic Direction Direction Active High Output Pull-down Input Output
AVSS N/A N/A N/A N/A No No N/A
AVDD N/A N/A N/A N/A No No N/A
DBG I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes
VSS N/A N/A N/A N/A No No N/A
PA[7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
PB[7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
x represents integer 0, 1,... to indicate multiple pins with symbol mnemonics that differ only by the integer

Z8 Encore!TM
16
Table 4. Pin Characteristics of the Z8 Encore!®
Active Low Internal Schmitt

Symbol Reset or Tri-State Pull-up or Trigger Open Drain
Mnemonic Direction Direction Active High Output Pull-down Input Output
PC[7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
PD[7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
PE7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
PF[7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
PG[7:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
PH[3:0] I/O I N/A Yes No Yes Yes,
Programmable
RESET I I Low N/A Pull-up Yes N/A
VDD N/A N/A N/A N/A No No N/A
XIN I I N/A N/A No No N/A
XOUT O O N/A Yes, in No No No
STOP
mode
x represents integer 0, 1,... to indicate multiple pins with symbol mnemonics that differ only by the integer

Z8 Encore!®
17
Address Space
Overview
The eZ8 CPU can access three distinct address spaces:
• The Register File contains addresses for the general-purpose registers and the eZ8
CPU, peripheral, and general-purpose I/O port control registers.
• The Program Memory contains addresses for all memory locations having executable
code and/or data.
• The Data Memory contains addresses for all memory locations that hold data only.
These three address spaces are covered briefly in the following subsections. For more
detailed information regarding the eZ8 CPU and its address space, refer to the eZ8 CPU
User Manual available for download at www.zilog.com.
Register File
The Register File address space in the Z8 Encore!® is 4KB (4096 bytes). The Register File
is composed of two sections—control registers and general-purpose registers. When
instructions are executed, registers are read from when defined as sources and written to
when defined as destinations. The architecture of the eZ8 CPU allows all general-purpose
registers to function as accumulators, address pointers, index registers, stack areas, or
scratch pad memory.
The upper 256 bytes of the 4KB Register File address space are reserved for control of the
eZ8 CPU, the on-chip peripherals, and the I/O ports. These registers are located at
addresses from F00H to FFFH. Some of the addresses within the 256-byte control register
section are reserved (unavailable). Reading from an reserved Register File addresses
returns an undefined value. Writing to reserved Register File addresses is not recom-
mended and can produce unpredictable results.
The on-chip RAM always begins at address 000H in the Register File address space. The
Z8F642x, Z8F482x, Z8F322x, Z8F242x, and Z8F162x provide 2KB to 4KB of on-chip
RAM depending upon the device. Reading from Register File addresses outside the avail-
able RAM addresses (and not within the control register address space) returns an unde-
fined value. Writing to these Register File addresses produces no effect. Refer to the Part
Selection Guide on page 2 to determine the amount of RAM available for the specific Z8
Encore!® device.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Address Space

Z8 Encore!®
18
Program Memory
The eZ8 CPU supports 64KB of Program Memory address space. The Z8F642x,
Z8F482x, Z8F322x, Z8F242x, and Z8F162x contain 16KB to 64KB of on-chip Flash
memory in the Program Memory address space, depending upon the device. Reading from
Program Memory addresses outside the available Flash memory addresses returns FFH.
Writing to these unimplemented Program Memory addresses produces no effect. Table 5
describes the Program Memory Maps for the Z8F642x family products.
Table 5. Z8F642x Family Program Memory Maps
Program Memory Address (Hex) Function

Z8F162x Products
0000-0001 Option Bits
0002-0003 Reset Vector
0004-0005 WDT Interrupt Vector
0006-0007 Illegal Instruction Trap
0008-0037 Interrupt Vectors*
0038-3FFF Program Memory
Z8F242x Products
Z8F322x Products
* See Table 23 on page 64 for a list of the interrupt vectors.

Z8 Encore!®
19
Table 5. Z8F642x Family Program Memory Maps (Continued)

Z8F482x Products
0038-BFFF Program Memory
Z8F642x Products
0038-FFFF Program Memory
* See Table 23 on page 64 for a list of the interrupt vectors.
Data Memory
The Z8F642x family does not use the eZ8 CPU’s 64KB Data Memory address space.
Information Area
Table 6 describes the Z8F642x family Information Area. This 512 byte Information Area
is accessed by setting bit 7 of the Flash Page Select Register to 1. When access is enabled,
the Information Area is mapped into the Program Memory and overlays the 512 bytes at
addresses FE00H to FFFFH. When the Information Area access is enabled, execution of
LDC and LDCI instruction from these Program Memory addresses return the Information
Area data rather than the Program Memory data. Reads of these addresses through the On-
Chip Debugger also returns the Information Area data. Execution of code from these
addresses continues to correctly use the Program Memory. Access to the Information Area
is read-only.

Z8 Encore!®
20
Table 6. Z8F642x Family Information Area Map

FE00H-FE3FH Reserved
FE40H-FE53H Part Number
20-character ASCII alphanumeric code
Left justified and filled with zeros
(ASCII Null character).
FE54H-FFFFH Reserved

Z8 Encore!®
21
Register File Address Map

Table 7 provides the address map for the Register File of the Z8F642x family of products.
Not all devices and package styles in the Z8F642x family support Timer 3 and all of the
GPIO Ports. Consider registers for unimplemented peripherals as Reserved.
Table 7. Register File Address Map
Address (Hex) Register Description Mnemonic Reset (Hex) Page #
General Purpose RAM
000-EFF General-Purpose Register File RAM — XX
Timer 0
F00 Timer 0 High Byte T0H 00 86
F01 Timer 0 Low Byte T0L 01 86
F02 Timer 0 Reload High Byte T0RH FF 87
F03 Timer 0 Reload Low Byte T0RL FF 87
F04 Timer 0 PWM High Byte T0PWMH 00 89
F05 Timer 0 PWM Low Byte T0PWML 00 89
F06 Timer 0 Control 0 T0CTL0 00 90
Timer 1
F0A Timer 1 Reload High Byte T1RH FF 87
F0B Timer 1 Reload Low Byte T1RL FF 87
F0C Timer 1 PWM High Byte T1PWMH 00 89
F0D Timer 1 PWM Low Byte T1PWML 00 89
F0E Timer 1 Control 0 T1CTL0 00 90
F0F Timer 1 Control 1 T1CTL1 00 90
Timer 2
F12 Timer 2 Reload High Byte T2RH FF 87
F13 Timer 2 Reload Low Byte T2RL FF 87
F14 Timer 2 PWM High Byte T2PWMH 00 89
F15 Timer 2 PWM Low Byte T2PWML 00 89
XX=Undefined
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Register File Address Map

Z8 Encore!®
22
Table 7. Register File Address Map (Continued)

Timer 3 (unavailable in the 44-pin packages)
F1A Timer 3 Reload High Byte T3RH FF 87
F1B Timer 3 Reload Low Byte T3RL FF 87
F1C Timer 3 PWM High Byte T3PWMH 00 89
F1D Timer 3 PWM Low Byte T3PWML 00 89
F1E Timer 3 Control 0 T3CTL0 00 90
F1F Timer 3 Control 1 T3CTL1 00 90
20-3F Reserved — XX
UART 0
F40 UART0 Transmit Data U0TXD XX 111
UART0 Receive Data U0RXD XX 112
F41 UART0 Status 0 U0STAT0 0000011Xb 112
F42 UART0 Control 0 U0CTL0 00 114
F43 UART0 Control 1 U0CTL1 00 114
F44 UART0 Status 1 U0STAT1 00 112
F45 UART0 Address Compare Register U0ADDR 00 117
F46 UART0 Baud Rate High Byte U0BRH FF 118
F47 UART0 Baud Rate Low Byte U0BRL FF 118
UART 1
F48 UART1 Transmit Data U1TXD XX 111
UART1 Receive Data U1RXD XX 112
F49 UART1 Status 0 U1STAT0 0000011Xb 112
F4A UART1 Control 0 U1CTL0 00 114
F4B UART1 Control 1 U1CTL1 00 114
F4C UART1 Status 1 U1STAT1 00 112
F4D UART1 Address Compare Register U1ADDR 00 117
F4E UART1 Baud Rate High Byte U1BRH FF 118
F4F UART1 Baud Rate Low Byte U1BRL FF 118
I2C
F50 I2C Data I2CDATA 00 146
F51 I2C Status I2CSTAT 80 147
F52 I2C Control I2CCTL 00 148
F53 I2C Baud Rate High Byte I2CBRH FF 149
F54 I2C Baud Rate Low Byte I2CBRL FF 149
F55 I2C Diagnostic State I2CDST C0 151
F56 I2C Diagnostic Control I2CDIAG 00 151
F57-F5F Reserved — XX
XX=Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
23

Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
F60 SPI Data SPIDATA XX 133
F61 SPI Control SPICTL 00 134
F62 SPI Status SPISTAT 01 136
F63 SPI Mode SPIMODE 00 137
F64 SPI Diagnostic State SPIDST 00 138
F65 Reserved — XX
F66 SPI Baud Rate High Byte SPIBRH FF 139
F67 SPI Baud Rate Low Byte SPIBRL FF 139
F68-F6F Reserved — XX
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
F70 ADC Control ADCCTL 20 165
F71 Reserved — XX
F72 ADC Data High Byte ADCD_H XX 166
F73 ADC Data Low Bits ADCD_L XX 167
F74-FAF Reserved — XX
DMA 0
FB0 DMA0 Control DMA0CTL 00 155
FB1 DMA0 I/O Address DMA0IO XX 156
FB2 DMA0 End/Start Address High Nibble DMA0H XX 156
FB3 DMA0 Start Address Low Byte DMA0START XX 157
FB4 DMA0 End Address Low Byte DMA0END XX 158
DMA 1
FB8 DMA1 Control DMA1CTL 00 155
FB9 DMA1 I/O Address DMA1IO XX 156
FBA DMA1 End/Start Address High Nibble DMA1H XX 156
FBB DMA1 Start Address Low Byte DMA1START XX 157
FBC DMA1 End Address Low Byte DMA1END XX 158
DMA ADC
FBD DMA_ADC Address DMAA_ADDR XX 159
FBE DMA_ADC Control DMAACTL 00 160
FBF DMA_ADC Status DMAASTAT 00 161
FC0 Interrupt Request 0 IRQ0 00 67
FC1 IRQ0 Enable High Bit IRQ0ENH 00 71
FC2 IRQ0 Enable Low Bit IRQ0ENL 00 71
XX=Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
24

FC9-FCC Reserved — XX
FCD Interrupt Edge Select IRQES 00 74
FCE Interrupt Port Select IRQPS 00 75
FCF Interrupt Control IRQCTL 00 76
GPIO Port A
FD0 Port A Address PAADDR 00 56
FD1 Port A Control PACTL 00 57
FD2 Port A Input Data PAIN XX 61
FD3 Port A Output Data PAOUT 00 62
GPIO Port B
FD4 Port B Address PBADDR 00 56
FD5 Port B Control PBCTL 00 57
FD6 Port B Input Data PBIN XX 61
FD7 Port B Output Data PBOUT 00 62
GPIO Port C
FD8 Port C Address PCADDR 00 56
FD9 Port C Control PCCTL 00 57
FDA Port C Input Data PCIN XX 61
FDB Port C Output Data PCOUT 00 62
GPIO Port D
FDC Port D Address PDADDR 00 56
FDD Port D Control PDCTL 00 57
FDE Port D Input Data PDIN XX 61
FDF Port D Output Data PDOUT 00 62
GPIO Port E
FE0 Port E Address PEADDR 00 56
FE1 Port E Control PECTL 00 57
FE2 Port E Input Data PEIN XX 61
FE3 Port E Output Data PEOUT 00 62
GPIO Port F
FE4 Port F Address PFADDR 00 56
FE5 Port F Control PFCTL 00 57
FE6 Port F Input Data PFIN XX 61
FE7 Port F Output Data PFOUT 00 62
GPIO Port G
FE8 Port G Address PGADDR 00 56
FE9 Port G Control PGCTL 00 57
FEA Port G Input Data PGIN XX 61
FEB Port G Output Data PGOUT 00 62
XX=Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
25

GPIO Port H
FEC Port H Address PHADDR 00 56
FED Port H Control PHCTL 00 57
FEE Port H Input Data PHIN XX 61
FEF Port H Output Data PHOUT 00 62
Watch-Dog Timer (WDT)
FF0 Watch-Dog Timer Control WDTCTL XXX00000b 96
FF1 Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper Byte WDTU FF 97
FF2 Watch-Dog Timer Reload High Byte WDTH FF 97
FF3 Watch-Dog Timer Reload Low Byte WDTL FF 97
FF4--FF7 Reserved — XX
Flash Memory Controller
FF8 Flash Control FCTL 00 175
FF8 Flash Status FSTAT 00 176
FF9 Flash Page Select FPS 00 177
FF9 (if enabled) Flash Sector Protect FPROT 00 178
FFA Flash Programming Frequency High Byte FFREQH 00 179
FFB Flash Programming Frequency Low Byte FFREQL 00 179
eZ8 CPU
FFC Flags — XX Refer to the eZ8
FFD Register Pointer RP XX CPU User
FFE Stack Pointer High Byte SPH XX Manual
FFF Stack Pointer Low Byte SPL XX
XX=Undefined

Z8 Encore!TM
26
Control Register Summary Timer 0 Control 1

T0CTL1 (%F07 - Read/Write)
Timer 0 High Byte D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
T0H (%F00 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Timer Mode
000 = One-Shot mode
Timer 0 current count value [15:8] 001 = Continuous mode
010 = Counter mode
011 = PWM mode
100 = Capture mode
101 = Compare mode
Timer 0 Low Byte 110 = Gated mode
T0L (%F01 - Read/Write) 111 = Capture/Compare mode
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Prescale Value
Timer 0 current count value [7:0] 000 = Divide by 1
001 = Divide by 2
010 = Divide by 4
011 = Divide by 8
100 = Divide by 16
Timer 0 Reload High Byte 101 = Divide by 32
T0RH (%F02 - Read/Write) 110 = Divide by 64
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 111 = Divide by 128
Timer 0 reload value [15:8] Timer Input/Output Polarity

Operation of this bit is a function of
the current operating mode of the timer
Timer 0 Reload Low Byte Timer Enable

0 = Timer is disabled
T0RL (%F03 - Read/Write) 1 = Timer is enabled
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 0 reload value [7:0]

Timer 1 High Byte
T1H (%F08 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 0 PWM High Byte
T0PWMH (%F04 - Read/Write) Timer 1 current count value [15:8]
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 0 PWM value [15:8]

Timer 1 Low Byte
T1L (%F09 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 0 Control 0
T0CTL0 (%F06 - Read/Write) Timer 1 current count value [7:0]
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Reserved
Cascade Timer Timer 1 Reload High Byte
0 = Timer 0 Input signal is GPIO pin T1RH (%F0A - Read/Write)
1 = Timer 0 Input signal is Timer 3 out D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Reserved
Timer 1 Reload Low Byte

T1RL (%F0B - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Control Register Summary

Z8 Encore!TM
27
Timer 1 PWM High Byte Timer 2 High Byte

T1PWMH (%F0C - Read/Write) T2H (%F10 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 1 PWM value [15:8] Timer 2 current count value [15:8]
Timer 1 PWM Low Byte Timer 2 Low Byte

T1PWML (%F0D - Read/Write) T2L (%F11 - Read/Write)
Timer 1 PWM value [7:0] Timer 2 current count value [7:0]
Timer 1 Control 0 Timer 2 Reload High Byte

T1CTL0 (%F0E - Read/Write) T2RH (%F12 - Read/Write)
Reserved Timer 2 reload value [15:8]

Cascade Timer
0 = Timer 1 Input signal is GPIO pin
1 = Timer 1 Input signal is Timer 0 out
Timer 2 Reload Low Byte
Reserved T2RL (%F13 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

Timer 1 Control 1
T1CTL1 (%F0F - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 2 PWM High Byte
Timer Mode T2PWMH (%F14 - Read/Write)
000 = One-Shot mode D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
001 = Continuous mode
010 = Counter mode
011 = PWM mode Timer 2 PWM value [15:8]
100 = Capture mode
101 = Compare mode
110 = Gated mode
111 = Capture/Compare mode Timer 2 PWM Low Byte
T2PWML (%F15 - Read/Write)
Prescale Value D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
000 = Divide by 1
001 = Divide by 2
010 = Divide by 4
011 = Divide by 8
100 = Divide by 16
101 = Divide by 32
110 = Divide by 64 Timer 2 Control 0
111 = Divide by 128 T2CTL0 (%F16 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer Input/Output Polarity
Operation of this bit is a function of Reserved
Cascade Timer
Timer Enable 0 = Timer 2 Input signal is GPIO pin
0 = Timer is disabled 1 = Timer 2 Input signal is Timer 1 out
1 = Timer is enabled
Reserved

Z8 Encore!TM
28
Timer 2 Control 1 Timer 3 PWM High Byte

T2CTL1 (%F17 - Read/Write) T3PWMH (%F1C - Read/Write)
Timer Mode Timer 3 PWM value [15:8]

000 = One-Shot mode
010 = Counter mode
011 = PWM mode Timer 3 PWM Low Byte
100 = Capture mode T3PWML (%F1D - Read/Write)
101 = Compare mode
110 = Gated mode D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
111 = Capture/Compare mode
Prescale Value
000 = Divide by 1
001 = Divide by 2
010 = Divide by 4 Timer 3 Control 0
011 = Divide by 8 T3CTL0 (%F1E - Read/Write)
100 = Divide by 16
101 = Divide by 32 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
110 = Divide by 64
111 = Divide by 128 Reserved
Cascade Timer
Timer Input/Output Polarity 0 = Timer 3 Input signal is GPIO pin
Operation of this bit is a function of 1 = Timer 3 Input signal is Timer 2 out
Reserved
Timer Enable
0 = Timer is disabled
1 = Timer is enabled
Timer 3 Control 1
T3CTL1 (%F1F - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 3 High Byte
T3H (%F18 - Read/Write) Timer Mode
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 000 = One-Shot mode
Timer 3 current count value [15:8] 010 = Counter mode
011 = PWM mode
100 = Capture mode
101 = Compare mode
Timer 3 Low Byte 110 = Gated mode
T3L (%F19 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Prescale Value
000 = Divide by 1
Timer 3 current count value [7:0] 001 = Divide by 2
010 = Divide by 4
011 = Divide by 8
100 = Divide by 16
Timer 3 Reload High Byte 101 = Divide by 32
T3RH (%F1A - Read/Write) 110 = Divide by 64
111 = Divide by 128
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer Input/Output Polarity
Timer 3 reload value [15:8] Operation of this bit is a function of
Timer Enable
Timer 3 Reload Low Byte 0 = Timer is disabled
T3RL (%F1B - Read/Write) 1 = Timer is enabled
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

Z8 Encore!TM
29
UART0 Transmit Data UART0 Control 0

U0TXD (%F40 - Write Only) U0CTL0 (%F42 - Read/Write)
UART0 transmitter data byte [7:0] Loop Back Enable

0 = Normal operation
1 = Transmit data is looped back to
the receiver
UART0 Receive Data
U0RXD (%F40 - Read Only) Stop Bit Select
0 = Transmitter sends 1 Stop bit
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 1 = Transmitter sends 2 Stop bits
UART0 receiver data byte [7:0] Send Break
0 = No break is sent
1 = Output of the transmitter is zero
UART0 Status 0 Parity Select
U0STAT0 (%F41 - Read Only) 0 = Even parity
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 1 = Odd parity
Parity Enable
CTS signal
0 = Parity is disabled
Returns the level of the CTS signal 1 = Parity is enabled
Transmitter Empty CTS Enable
0 = Data is currently transmitting 0 = CTS signal has no effect on the
1 = Transmission is complete transmitter
1 = UART recognizes CTS signal as a
Transmitter Data Register Empty transmit enable control signal
0 = Transmit Data Register is full
1 = Transmit Data register is empty Receive Enable
0 = Receiver disabled
Break Detect 1 = Receiver enabled
0 = No break occurred
1 = A break occurred Transmit Enable
0 = Transmitter disabled
Framing Error 1 = Transmitter enabled
0 = No framing error occurred
1 = A framing occurred
Overrun Error
0 = No overrrun error occurred
1 = An overrun error occurred
Parity Error
0 = No parity error occurred
1 = A parity error occurred
Receive Data Available

0 = Receive Data Register is empty
1 = A byte is available in the Receive
Data Register

Z8 Encore!TM
30
UART0 Control 1 UART0 Baud Rate Generator High Byte

U0CTL1 (%F43 - Read/Write) U0BRH (%F46 - Read/Write)
Infrared Encoder/Decoder Enable UART0 Baud Rate divisor [15:8]

0 = Infrared endec is disabled
1 = Infrared endec is enabled
Received Data Interrupt Enable UART0 Baud Rate Generator Low Byte
0 = Received data and errors generate U0BRL (%F47 - Read/Write)
interrupt requests
1 = Only errors generate interrupt D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
requests. Received data does not.
UART0 Baud Rate divisor [7:0]
Baud Rate Registers Control
Refer to UART chapter for operation
Driver Enable Polarity UART1 Transmit Data

0 = DE signal is active High U1TXD (%F48 - Write Only)
1 = DE signal is active Low D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Multiprocessor Bit Transmit
UART1 transmitter data byte[7:0]
0 = Send a 0 as the multiprocessor bit
Multiprocessor Mode [0]

See Multiprocessor Mode [1] below UART1 Receive Data
U1RXD (%F48 - Read Only)
Multiprocessor (9-bit) Enable D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
0 = Multiprocessor mode is disabled
1 = Multiprocessor mode is enabled UART receiver data byte [7:0]
with Multiprocess Mode bit 0:
00 = Interrupt on all received bytes
01 = Interrupt only on address bytes
10 = Interrupt on address match and
following data
11 = Interrupt on data following an
address match
UART0 Status 1
U0STAT1 (%F44- Read Only)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Mulitprocessor Receive
Returns value of last multiprocessor bit
New Frame
0 = Current byte is not start of frame
1 = Current byte is start of new frame
Reserved
UART0 Address Compare

U0ADDR (%F45 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
UART0 Address Compare [7:0]

Z8 Encore!TM
31
UART1 Status 0 UART1 Control 0

U1STAT0 (%F49 - Read Only) U1CTL0 (%F4A - Read/Write)
CTS signal Loop Back Enable

Returns the level of the CTS signal 0 = Normal operation
1 = Transmit data is looped back to
Transmitter Empty the receiver
0 = Data is currently transmitting
1 = Transmission is complete Stop Bit Select
0 = Transmitter sends 1 Stop bit
Transmitter Data Register Empty 1 = Transmitter sends 2 Stop bits
0 = Transmit Data Register is full
1 = Transmit Data register is empty Send Break
0 = No break is sent
Break Detect 1 = Output of the transmitter is zero
0 = No break occurred
1 = A break occurred Parity Select
0 = Even parity
Framing Error 1 = Odd parity
0 = No framing error occurred
1 = A framing occurred Parity Enable
0 = Parity is disabled
Overrun Error 1 = Parity is enabled
0 = No overrrun error occurred
1 = An overrun error occurred CTS Enable
0 = CTS signal has no effect on the
Parity Error transmitter
0 = No parity error occurred 1 = UART recognizes CTS signal as a
1 = A parity error occurred transmit enable control signal
Receive Data Available Receive Enable

0 = Receive Data Register is empty 0 = Receiver disabled
1 = A byte is available in the Receive 1 = Receiver enabled
Data Register
Transmit Enable
0 = Transmitter disabled
1 = Transmitter enabled

Z8 Encore!TM
32
UART1 Control 1 UART1 Baud Rate Generator High Byte

U0CTL1 (%F4B - Read/Write) U0BRH (%F4E - Read/Write)
Infrared Encoder/Decoder Enable UART1 Baud Rate divisor [15:8]

0 = Infrared endec is disabled
1 = Infrared endec is enabled
Received Data Interrupt Enable UART1 Baud Rate Generator Low Byte
0 = Received data and errors generate U1BRL (%F4F - Read/Write)
interrupt requests
1 = Only errors generate interrupt D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
requests. Received data does not.
UART1 Baud Rate divisor [7:0]
Baud Rate Registers Control
Refer to UART chapter for operation
Driver Enable Polarity I2C Data

0 = DE signal is active High I2CDATA (%F50 - Read/Write)
1 = DE signal is active Low D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Multiprocessor Bit Transmit
I2C data [7:0]

See Multiprocessor Mode [1] below I2C Status
I2CSTAT (%F51 - Read Only)
Multiprocessor (9-bit) Enable D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
0 = Multiprocessor mode is disabled
1 = Multiprocessor mode is enabled NACK Interrupt
0 = No action required to service NAK
Multiprocessor Mode [1] 1 = START/STOP not set after NAK
with Multiprocess Mode bit 0:
00 = Interrupt on all received bytes Data Shift State
01 = Interrupt only on address bytes 0 = Data is not being transferred
10 = Interrupt on address match and 1 = Data is being transferred
following data
11 = Interrupt on data following an Transmit Address State
address match 0 = Address is not being transferred
1 = Address is being transferred
Read
UART1 Status 1 0 = Write operation
U0STAT1 (%F4C- Read Only) 1 = Read operation
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
10-Bit Address
Mulitprocessor Receive 0 = 7-bit address being transmitted
Returns value of last multiprocessor bit 1 = 10-bit address being transmitted
New Frame Acknowledge

0 = Current byte is not start of frame 0 = Acknowledge not
1 = Current byte is start of new frame transmitted/received
1 = For last byte, Acknowledge was
Reserved transmitted/received
Receive Data Register Full

0 = I2C has not received data
1 = Data register contains received data
UART1 Address Compare
U0ADDR (%F4D - Read/Write) Transmit Data Register Empty
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 0 = Data register is full
1 = Data register is empty
UART1 Address Compare [7:0]

Z8 Encore!TM
33
I2C Control SPI Data

I2CCTL (%F52 - Read/Write) SPIDATA (%F60 - Read/Write)
I2C Signal Filter Enable SPI Data [7:0]

0 = Digital filtering disabled
1 = Low-pass digital filters enabled
on SDA and SCL input signals
SPI Control
Flush Data SPICTL (%F61 - Read/Write)
0 = No effect
1 = Clears I2C Data register D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Send NAK SPI Enable

0 = Do not send NAK 0 = SPI disabled
1 = Send NAK after next byte received 1 = SPI enabled
from slave
Master Mode Enabled
Enable TDRE Interrupts 0 = SPI configured in Slave mode
0 = Do not generate an interrupt when 1 = SPI configured in Master mode
the I2C Data register is empty
1 = Generate an interrupt when the I2C Wire-OR (open-drain) Mode Enabled
Transmit Data register is empty 0 = SPI signals not configured for
open-drain
Baud Rate Generator Interrupt Request 1 = SPI signals (SCK, SS, MISO, and
0 = Interrupts behave as set by I2C MOSI) configured for open-drain
control
1 = BRG generates an interrupt when Clock Polarity
it counts down to zero 0 = SCK idles Low
1 = SPI idles High
Send Stop Condition
0 = Do not issue Stop condition after Phase Select
data transmission is complete Sets the phase relationship of the data
1 = Issue Stop condition after data to the clock.
transmission is complete
BRG Timer Interrupt Request
Send Start Condition 0 = BRG timer function is disabled
0 = Do not send Start Condition 1 = BRG time-out interrupt is enabled
1 = Send Start Condition
Start an SPI Interrupt Request
I2C Enable 0 = No effect
0 = I2C is disabled 1 = Generate an SPI interrupt request
1 = I2C is enabled
Interrupt Request Enable
0 = SPI interrupt requests are disabled
1 = SPI interrupt requests are enabled
I2C Baud Rate Generator High Byte
I2CBRH (%F53 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
I2C Baud Rate divisor [15:8]
I2C Baud Rate Generator Low Byte

I2CBRL (%F54 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
I2C Baud Rate divisor [7:0]

Z8 Encore!TM
34
SPI Status SPI Diagnostic State

SPISTAT (%F62 - Read Only) SPIDST (%F64 - Read Only)
Slave Select SPI State

0 = If Slave, SS pin is asserted
1 = If Slave, SS pin is not asserted Transmit Clock Enable
0 = Internal transmit clock enable
Transmit Status signal is deasserted
0 = No data transmission in progress 1 = Internal transmit clock enable
1 = Data transmission now in progress signal is asserted
Reserved Shift Clock Enable

0 = Internal shift clock enable signal
Slave Mode Transaction Abort is deasserted
0 = No slave mode transaction abort 1 = Internal shift clock enable signal
detected is asserted
1 = Slave mode transaction abort was
detected
Collision SPI Baud Rate Generator High Byte

0 = No multi-master collision detected SPIBRH (%F66 - Read/Write)
1 = Multi-master collision was detected
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Overrun
0 = No overrun error detected SPI Baud Rate divisor [15:8]
1 = Overrun error was detected
Interrupt Request
0 = No SPI interrupt request pending SPI Baud Rate Generator Low Byte
1 = SPI interrupt request is pending SPIBRL (%F67 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SPI Baud Rate divisor [7:0]

SPI Mode
SPIMODE (%F63 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ADC Control
Slave Select Value ADCCTL (%F70 - Read/Write)
If Master and SPIMODE[1] = 1: D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
0 = SS pin driven Low
1 = SS pin driven High Analog Input Select
0000 = ANA0 0001 = ANA1
Slave Select I/O 0010 = ANA2 0011 = ANA3
0 = SS pin configured as an input 0100 = ANA4 0101 = ANA5
1 = SS pin configured as an output 0110 = ANA6 0111 = ANA7
(Master mode only) 1000 = ANA8 1001 = ANA9
1010 = ANA10 1011 = ANA11
Number of Data Bits Per Character 11xx = Reserved
000 = 8 bits
001 = 1 bit Continuous Mode Select
010 = 2 bits 0 = Single-shot conversion
011 = 3 bits 1 = Continuous conversion
100 = 4 bits
101 = 5 bit
External VREF select
110 = 6 bits
111 = 7 bits 0 = Internal voltage reference selected
1 = External voltage reference selected
Diagnostic Mode Control
Reserved
0 = Reading from SPIBRH, SPIBRL
returns reload values
1 = Reading from SPIBRH, SPIBRL Conversion Enable
returns current BRG count value 0 = Conversion is complete
1 = Begin conversion
Reserved

Z8 Encore!TM
35
ADC Data High Byte DMA0 Address High Nibble

ADCD_H (%F72 - Read Only) DMA0H (%FB2 - Read/Write)
ADC Data [9:2] DMA0 Start Address [11:8]
DMA0 End Address [11:8]
ADC Data Low Bits

ADCD_L (%F73 - Read Only)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 DMA0 Start/Current Address Low Byte
DMA0START (%FB3 - Read/Write)
Reserved D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ADC Data [1:0] DMA0 Start Address [7:0]
DMA0 Control DMA0 End Address Low Byte

DMA0CTL (%FB0 - Read/Write) DMA0END (%FB4 - Read/Write)
Request Trigger Source Select DMA0 End Address [7:0]

000 = Timer 0
001 = Timer 1
010 = Timer 2
011 = Timer 3 DMA1 Control
100 = UART0 Received Data register DMA1CTL (%FB8 - Read/Write)
contains valid data
101 = UART1 Received Data register D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
contains valid data
110 = I2C receiver contains valid data Request Trigger Source Select
111 = Reserved 000 = Timer 0
001 = Timer 1
Word Select 010 = Timer 2
0 = DMA transfers 1 byte per request 011 = Timer 3
1 = DMA transfers 2 bytes per request 100 = UART0 Transmit Data register
is empty
DMA0 Interrupt Enable 101 = UART1 Transmit Data register
0 = DMA0 does not generate interrupts is empty
1 = DMA0 generates an interrupt when 110 = I2C Transmit Data register
End Address data is transferred is empty
111 = Reserved
DMA0 Data Transfer Direction
0 = Register File to peripheral registers Word Select
1 = Peripheral registers to Register File 0 = DMA transfers 1 byte per request
1 = DMA transfers 2 bytes per request
DMA0 Loop Enable
0 = DMA disables after End Address DMA1 Interrupt Enable
1 = DMA reloads Start Address after 0 = DMA1 does not generate interrupts
End Address and continues to run 1 = DMA1 generates an interrupt when
End Address data is transferred
DMA0 Enable
0 = DMA0 is disabled DMA1 Data Transfer Direction
1 = DMA0 is enabled 0 = Register File to peripheral registers
1 = Peripheral registers to Register File
DMA1 Loop Enable

DMA0 I/O Address 0 = DMA disables after End Address
1 = DMA reloads Start Address after
DMA0IO (%FB1 - Read/Write) End Address and continues to run
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DMA1 Enable
DMA0 Peripheral Register Address 0 = DMA1 is disabled
Low byte of on-chip peripheral control 1 = DMA1 is enabled
registers on Register File page FH

Z8 Encore!TM
36
DMA1 I/O Address DMA_ADC Control

DMA1IO (%FB9 - Read/Write) DMAACTL (%FBE - Read/Write)
DMA1 Peripheral Register Address ADC Analog Input Number

Low byte of on-chip peripheral control 0000 = Analog input 0 updated
registers on Register File page FH 0001 = Analog input 0-1 updated
0010 = Analog input 0-2 updated
DMA1 Address High Nibble 0101 = Analog input 0-5 updated
DMA1H (%FBA - Read/Write) 0100 = Analog input 0-6 updated
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 1000 = Analog input 0-8 updated
DMA1 Start Address [11:8] 1010 = Analog input 0-10 updated
1011 = Analog inputs 0-11 updated
DMA1 End Address [11:8] 11xx = Reserved
Reserved
DMA1 Start/Current Address Low Byte Interrupt request enable

DMA1START (%FBB - Read/Write) 0 = DMA_ADC does not generate
interrupt requests
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 1 = DMA_ADC generates interrupt
requests after last analog input
DMA1 Start Address [7:0]
DMA_ADC Enable
0 = DMA_ADC is disabled
1 = DMA_ADC is enabled
DMA1 End Address Low Byte
DMA1END (%FBC - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DMA Status
DMA1 End Address [7:0] DMAA_STAT (%FBF - Read Only)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DMA0 Interrupt Request Indicator

DMA_ADC Address 0 = DMA0 is not the source of the IRQ
DMAA_ADDR (%FBD - Read/Write) 1 = DMA0 is the source of the IRQ
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DMA1 Interrupt Request Indicator
Reserved 0 = DMA1 is not the source of the IRQ
1 = DMA1 is the source of the IRQ
DMA_ADC Address DMA_ADC Interrupt Request Indicator
0 = DMA_ADC is not the source of the
IRQ
1 = DMA_ADC is the source of the
IRQ
Reserved
Current ADC analog input

Identifies the analog input the ADC is
currently converting

Z8 Encore!TM
37
Interrupt Request 0 IRQ0 Enable Low Bit

IRQ0 (%FC0 - Read/Write) IRQ0ENL (%FC2 - Read/Write)
ADC Interrupt Request ADC IRQ Enable Hit Bit
SPI Interrupt Request SPI IRQ Enable Low Bit
I2C Interrupt Request I2C IRQ Enable Low Bit
UART 0 Transmitter Interrupt Request UART 0 Transmitter IRQ Enable Low
UART 0 Receiver Interrupt Request UART 0 Receiver IRQ Enable Low Bit
Timer 0 Interrupt Request Timer 0 IRQ Enable Low Bit
For all of the above peripherals:

0 = Peripheral IRQ is not pending
1 = Peripheral IRQ is awaiting service Interrupt Request 1
IRQ1 (%FC3 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
IRQ0 Enable High Bit
Port A or D Pin Interrupt Request
IRQ0ENH (%FC1 - Read/Write) 0 = IRQ from corresponding pin [7:0]
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 is not pending
1 = IRQ from corresponding pin [7:0]
ADC IRQ Enable Hit Bit is awaiting service
SPI IRQ Enable High Bit
I2C IRQ Enable High Bit IRQ1 Enable High Bit

IRQ1ENH (%FC4 - Read/Write)
UART 0 Transmitter IRQ Enable High
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
UART 0 Receiver IRQ Enable High Bit
Port A or D Pin IRQ Enable High Bit
Timer 0 IRQ Enable High Bit

IRQ1 Enable Low Bit
Timer 2 IRQ Enable High Bit IRQ1ENL (%FC5 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port A or D Pin IRQ Enable Low Bit

Z8 Encore!TM
38
Interrupt Request 2 Interrupt Port Select

IRQ2 (%FC6 - Read/Write) IRQES (%FCD - Read/Write)
Port C Pin Interrupt Request Port A or D Port Pin Select [7:0]

0 = IRQ from corresponding pin [3:0] 0 = Port A pin is the interrupt source
is not pending 1 = Port D pin is the interrupt source
1 = IRQ from corresponding pin [3:0]
is awaiting service
DMA Interrupt Request Interrupt Control

IRQES (%FCD - Read/Write)
UART 1 Transmitter Interrupt Request
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
UART 1 Receiver Interrupt Request
Reserved
Timer 3 Interrupt Request
Interrupt Request Enable
For all of the above peripherals: 0 = Interrupts are disabled
0 = Peripheral IRQ is not pending 1 = Interrupts are enabled
1 = Peripheral IRQ is awaiting service
Port A Address
IRQ2 Enable High Bit PAADDR (%FD0 - Read/Write)
IRQ2ENH (%FC7 - Read/Write) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port A Address[7:0]
Port C Pin IRQ Enable High Bit Selects Port Sub-Registers:
00H = No function
DMA IRQ Enable High Bit 01H = Data direction
02H = Alternate function
UART 1 Transmitter IRQ Enable High 03H = Output control (open-drain)
04H = High drive enable
05H = STOP mode recovery enable
UART 1 Receiver IRQ Enable High Bit 06H-FFH = No function
Port A Control
IRQ2 Enable Low Bit PACTL (%FD1 - Read/Write)
IRQ2ENH (%FC8 - Read/Write) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port A Control[7:0]
Provides Access to Port Sub-Registers
Port C Pin IRQ Enable Low Bit
DMA IRQ Enable Low Bit
UART 1 Transmitter IRQ Enable Low

Port A Input Data
PAIN (%FD2 - Read Only)
UART 1 Receiver IRQ Enable Low Bit D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Timer 3 IRQ Enable Low Bit Port A Input Data [7:0]
Interrupt Edge Select Port A Output Data

IRQES (%FCD - Read/Write) PAOUT (%FD3 - Read/Write)
Port A or D Interrupt Edge Select [7:0] Port A Output Data [7:0]

0 = Falling edge
1 = Rising edge

Z8 Encore!TM
39
Port B Address Port C Input Data

PBADDR (%FD4 - Read/Write) PCIN (%FDA - Read Only)
Port B Address[7:0] Port C Input Data [7:0]

Selects Port Sub-Registers:
00H = No function
01H = Data direction
02H = Alternate function Port C Output Data
03H = Output control (open-drain) PCOUT (%FDB - Read/Write)
05H = STOP mode recovery enable D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
06H-FFH = No function
Port C Output Data [7:0]
Port B Control
PBCTL (%FD5 - Read/Write) Port D Address
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 PDADDR (%FDC - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port B Control[7:0]
Provides Access to Port Sub-Registers Port D Address[7:0]
00H = No function
Port B Input Data 02H = Alternate function
PBIN (%FD6 - Read Only) 03H = Output control (open-drain)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 05H = STOP mode recovery enable
Port B Input Data [7:0]
Port D Control
Port B Output Data PDCTL (%FDD - Read/Write)
PBOUT (%FD7 - Read/Write) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port D Control[7:0]
Port B Output Data [7:0] Provides Access to Port Sub-Registers
Port C Address Port D Input Data

PCADDR (%FD8 - Read/Write) PDIN (%FDE - Read Only)
Port C Address[7:0] Port D Input Data [7:0]

00H = No function
02H = Alternate function Port D Output Data
03H = Output control (open-drain) PDOUT (%FDF - Read/Write)
Port D Output Data [7:0]
Port C Control
PCCTL (%FD9 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port C Control[7:0]

Z8 Encore!TM
40
Port E Address Port F Input Data

PEADDR (%FE0 - Read/Write) PFIN (%FE6 - Read Only)
Port E Address[7:0] Port F Input Data [7:0]

00H = No function
02H = Alternate function Port F Output Data
03H = Output control (open-drain) PFOUT (%FE7 - Read/Write)
Port F Output Data [7:0]
Port E Control
PECTL (%FE1 - Read/Write) Port G Address
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 PGADDR (%FE8 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port E Control[7:0]
Provides Access to Port Sub-Registers Port G Address[7:0]
00H = No function
Port E Input Data 02H = Alternate function
PEIN (%FE2 - Read Only) 03H = Output control (open-drain)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 05H = STOP mode recovery enable
Port E Input Data [7:0]
Port G Control
Port E Output Data PGCTL (%FE9 - Read/Write)
PEOUT (%FE3 - Read/Write) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port G Control[7:0]
Port E Output Data [7:0] Provides Access to Port Sub-Registers
Port F Address Port G Input Data

PFADDR (%FE4 - Read/Write) PGIN (%FEA - Read Only)
Port F Address[7:0] Port G Input Data [7:0]

00H = No function
02H = Alternate function Port G Output Data
03H = Output control (open-drain) PGOUT (%FEB - Read/Write)
Port G Output Data [7:0]
Port F Control
PFCTL (%FE5 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port F Control[7:0]

Z8 Encore!TM
41
Port H Address Watch-Dog Timer Control

PHADDR (%FEC - Read/Write) WDTCTL (%FF0 - Read Only)
Reserved
Port H Address[7:0]
Selects Port Sub-Registers: EXT
00H = No function
01H = Data direction 0 = Reset not generated by RESET pin
02H = Alternate function 1 = Reset generated by RESET pin
03H = Output control (open-drain)
04H = High drive enable WDT
05H = STOP mode recovery enable 0 = WDT timeout has not occurred
06H-FFH = No function 1 = WDT timeout occurred
STOP
0 = SMR has not occurred
Port H Control 1 = SMR has occurred
PHCTL (%FED - Read/Write) POR
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 0 = POR has not occurred
1 = POR has occurred
Port H Control [3:0]
Reserved Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper Byte

WDTU (%FF1 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port H Input Data WDT reload value [23:16]
PHIN (%FEE - Read Only)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Port H Input Data [3:0] Watch-Dog Timer Reload Middle Byte

WDTH (%FF2 - Read/Write)
Reserved D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
WDT reload value [15:8]

Port H Output Data
PHOUT (%FEF - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Watch-Dog Timer Reload Low Byte
WDTL (%FF3 - Read/Write)
Port H Output Data [3:0] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Reserved
WDT reload value [7:0]
Flash Control
FCTL (%FF8 - Write Only)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Flash Command
73H = First unlock command
8CH = Second unlock command
95H = Page erase command
63H = Mass erase command
5EH = Flash Sector Protect reg select

Z8 Encore!TM
42
Flash Status Flags

FSTAT (%FF8 - Read Only) FLAGS (%FFC - Read/Write)
Flash Controller Status F1 - User Flag 1
00_0000 = Flash controller locked
00_0001 = First unlock received F2 - User Flag 2
00_0010 = Second unlock received
00_0011 = Flash controller unlocked H - Half Carry
00_0100 = Flash Sector Protect register
selected
00_1xxx = Programming in progress D - Decimal Adjust
01_0xxx = Page erase in progress
10_0xxx = Mass erase in progress V - Overflow Flag
Reserved S - Sign Flag
Z - Zero Flag
Flash Page Select C - Carry Flag

FPS (%FF9 - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Register Pointer
Flash Page Select [6:0] RP (%FFD - Read/Write)
Identifies the Flash memory page for
Page Erase operation. D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Information Area Enable Working Register Page Address [11:8]

0 = Information Area access is disabled
1 = Information Area access is enabled Working Register Group Address [7:4]
Flash Sector Protect Stack Pointer High Byte

FPROT (%FF9 - Read/Write to 1’s) SPH (%FFE - Read/Write)
Flash Sector Protect [7:0] Stack Pointer [15:8]

0 = Sector can be programmed or
erased from user code
1 = Sector is protected and cannot be
programmed or erased from user Stack Pointer Low Byte
code SPL (%FFF - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Flash Frequency High Byte Stack Pointer [7:0]

FFREQH (%FFA - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Flash Frequency value [15:8]
Flash Frequency Low Byte

FFREQL (%FFB - Read/Write)
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Flash Frequency value [7:0]

Z8 Encore!TM
43

Z8 Encore!®
44
Reset and STOP Mode Recovery

Overview
The Reset Controller within the Z8F642x family controls Reset and STOP Mode Recov-
ery operation. In typical operation, the following events cause a Reset to occur:
• Power-On Reset (POR)
• Voltage Brown-Out (VBO)
• Watch-Dog Timer time-out (when configured via the WDT_RES Option Bit to initiate
a Reset)
• External RESET pin assertion
• On-Chip Debugger initiated Reset (OCDCTL[0] set to 1)
When the Z8F642x family device is in STOP mode, a STOP Mode Recovery is initiated
by either of the following:
• Watch-Dog Timer time-out
• GPIO Port input pin transition on an enabled STOP Mode Recovery source
• DBG pin driven Low
Reset Types
The Z8F642x family provides two different types of reset operation (System Reset and
STOP Mode Recovery). The type of Reset is a function of both the current operating mode
of the Z8F642x family device and the source of the Reset. Table 8 lists the types of Reset
and their operating characteristics.
Table 8. Reset and STOP Mode Recovery Characteristics and Latency
Reset Characteristics and Latency
Reset Type Control Registers eZ8 CPU Reset Latency (Delay)

System Reset Reset (as applicable) Reset 66 WDT Oscillator cycles + 16 System Clock cycles
STOP Mode Unaffected, except Reset 66 WDT Oscillator cycles + 16 System Clock cycles
Recovery WDT_CTL register
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Reset and STOP Mode Recovery

Z8 Encore!®
45
System Reset
During a System Reset, the Z8F642x family device is held in Reset for 66 cycles of the
Watch-Dog Timer oscillator followed by 16 cycles of the system clock. At the beginning
of Reset, all GPIO pins are configured as inputs. All GPIO programmable pull-ups are dis-
abled.
During Reset, the eZ8 CPU and on-chip peripherals are idle; however, the on-chip crystal
oscillator and Watch-Dog Timer oscillator continue to run. The system clock begins oper-
ating following the Watch-Dog Timer oscillator cycle count. The eZ8 CPU and on-chip
peripherals remain idle through the 16 cycles of the system clock.
Upon Reset, control registers within the Register File that have a defined Reset value are
loaded with their reset values. Other control registers (including the Stack Pointer, Regis-
ter Pointer, and Flags) and general-purpose RAM are undefined following Reset. The eZ8
CPU fetches the Reset vector at Program Memory addresses 0002H and 0003H and loads
that value into the Program Counter. Program execution begins at the Reset vector
address.
Reset Sources
Table 9 lists the reset sources as a function of the operating mode. The text following pro-
vides more detailed information on the individual Reset sources. Please note that a Power-
On Reset / Voltage Brown-Out event always has priority over all other possible reset
sources to insure a full system reset occurs.
Table 9. Reset Sources and Resulting Reset Type
Operating Mode Reset Source Reset Type

Normal or HALT Power-On Reset / Voltage Brown-Out System Reset
modes
Watch-Dog Timer time-out System Reset
when configured for Reset
RESET pin assertion System Reset
On-Chip Debugger initiated Reset System Reset except the On-Chip Debugger is
(OCDCTL[0] set to 1) unaffected by the reset
STOP mode Power-On Reset / Voltage Brown-Out System Reset
RESET pin assertion System Reset
DBG pin driven Low System Reset
Power-On Reset
Each device in the Z8F642x family contains an internal Power-On Reset (POR) circuit.
The POR circuit monitors the supply voltage and holds the device in the Reset state until

Z8 Encore!®
46
the supply voltage reaches a safe operating level. After the supply voltage exceeds the
POR voltage threshold (VPOR), the POR Counter is enabled and counts 66 cycles of the
Watch-Dog Timer oscillator. After the POR counter times out, the XTAL Counter is
enabled to count a total of 16 system clock pulses. The device is held in the Reset state
until both the POR Counter and XTAL counter have timed out. After the Z8F642x family
device exits the Power-On Reset state, the eZ8 CPU fetches the Reset vector. Following
Power-On Reset, the POR status bit in the Watch-Dog Timer Control (WDTCTL) register
is set to 1.
Figure 8 illustrates Power-On Reset operation. Refer to the Electrical Characteristics
chapter for the POR threshold voltage (VPOR).
VCC=3.3V
VPOR
VVBO
VCC=0.0V Program
Execution
WDT Clock
Primary
Oscillator
Oscillator
Start-up
Internal RESET
signal
WDT osc XTAL

Not to Scale counter delay counter delay
Figure 8. Power-On Reset Operation)
Voltage Brown-Out Reset

The devices in the Z8F642x family provide low Voltage Brown-Out (VBO) protection.
The VBO circuit senses when the supply voltage drops to an unsafe level (below the VBO
threshold voltage) and forces the device into the Reset state. While the supply voltage
remains below the Power-On Reset voltage threshold (VPOR), the VBO block holds the
device in the Reset state.

Z8 Encore!®
47
After the supply voltage again exceeds the Power-On Reset voltage threshold, the device
progresses through a full System Reset sequence, as described in the Power-On Reset sec-
tion. Following Power-On Reset, the POR status bit in the Watch-Dog Timer Control
(WDTCTL) register is set to 1. Figure 9 illustrates Voltage Brown-Out operation. Refer to
the Electrical Characteristics chapter for the VBO and POR threshold voltages (VVBO
and VPOR).
The Voltage Brown-Out circuit can be either enabled or disabled during STOP mode.
Operation during STOP mode is set by the VBO_AO Option Bit. Refer to the Option Bits
chapter for information on configuring VBO_AO.
VCC = 3.3V VCC = 3.3V

VPOR
VVBO
Program Voltage Program

Execution Brownout Execution
WDT Clock
Primary
Oscillator
Internal RESET
signal
WDT XTAL
counter delay counter delay
Figure 9. Voltage Brown-Out Reset Operation
Watch-Dog Timer Reset

If the device is in normal or HALT mode, the Watch-Dog Timer can initiate a System
Reset at time-out if the WDT_RES Option Bit is set to 1. This is the default (unpro-
grammed) setting of the WDT_RES Option Bit. The WDT status bit in the WDT Control
register is set to signify that the reset was initiated by the Watch-Dog Timer.

Z8 Encore!®
48
External Pin Reset

The RESET pin has a Schmitt-triggered input, an internal pull-up, and a digital filter to
reject noise. Once the RESET pin is asserted for at least 4 system clock cycles, the device
progresses through the System Reset sequence. While the RESET input pin is asserted
Low, the Z8F642x family device continues to be held in the Reset state. If the RESET pin
is held Low beyond the System Reset time-out, the device exits the Reset state immedi-
ately following RESET pin deassertion. Following a System Reset initiated by the exter-
nal RESET pin, the EXT status bit in the Watch-Dog Timer Control (WDTCTL) register is
set to 1.
STOP Mode Recovery

STOP mode is entered by execution of a STOP instruction by the eZ8 CPU. Refer to the
Low-Power Modes chapter for detailed STOP mode information. During STOP Mode
Recovery, the device is held in reset for 66 cycles of the Watch-Dog Timer oscillator fol-
lowed by 16 cycles of the system clock. STOP Mode Recovery only affects the contents of
the Watch-Dog Timer Control register. STOP Mode Recovery does not affect any other
values in the Register File, including the Stack Pointer, Register Pointer, Flags, peripheral
control registers, and general-purpose RAM.
The eZ8 CPU fetches the Reset vector at Program Memory addresses 0002H and 0003H
and loads that value into the Program Counter. Program execution begins at the Reset vec-
tor address. Following STOP Mode Recovery, the STOP bit in the Watch-Dog Timer Con-
trol Register is set to 1. Table 10 lists the STOP Mode Recovery sources and resulting
actions. The text following provides more detailed information on each of the STOP Mode
Recovery sources.
Table 10. STOP Mode Recovery Sources and Resulting Action
Operating Mode STOP Mode Recovery Source Action

STOP mode Watch-Dog Timer time-out STOP Mode Recovery
when configured for Reset
Watch-Dog Timer time-out STOP Mode Recovery followed by interrupt (if
when configured for interrupt interrupts are enabled)
Data transition on any GPIO Port pin STOP Mode Recovery
enabled as a STOP Mode Recovery
source
STOP Mode Recovery Using Watch-Dog Timer Time-Out

If the Watch-Dog Timer times out during STOP mode, the device undergoes a STOP
Mode Recovery sequence. In the Watch-Dog Timer Control register, the WDT and STOP
bits are set to 1. If the Watch-Dog Timer is configured to generate an interrupt upon time-

Z8 Encore!®
49
out and the Z8F642x family device is configured to respond to interrupts, the eZ8 CPU
services the Watch-Dog Timer interrupt request following the normal STOP Mode Recov-
ery sequence.
STOP Mode Recovery Using a GPIO Port Pin Transition HALT

Each of the GPIO Port pins may be configured as a STOP Mode Recovery input source.
On any GPIO pin enabled as a STOP Mode Recovery source, a change in the input pin
value (from High to Low or from Low to High) initiates STOP Mode Recovery. The GPIO
STOP Mode Recovery signals are filtered to reject pulses less than 10ns (typical) in dura-
tion. In the Watch-Dog Timer Control register, the STOP bit is set to 1.
Caution: In STOP mode, the GPIO Port Input Data registers (PxIN) are disabled.
The Port Input Data registers record the Port transition only if the signal
stays on the Port pin through the end of the STOP Mode Recovery delay.
Thus, short pulses on the Port pin can initiate STOP Mode Recovery with-
out being written to the Port Input Data register or without initiating an in-
terrupt (if enabled for that pin).

Z8 Encore!®
50
Low-Power Modes
Overview
The Z8F642x family products contain power-saving features. The highest level of power
reduction is provided by STOP mode. The next level of power reduction is provided by
the HALT mode.
STOP Mode
Execution of the eZ8 CPU’s STOP instruction places the device into STOP mode. In
STOP mode, the operating characteristics are:
• Primary crystal oscillator is stopped; XIN and XOUT pins are driven to VSS.
• System clock is stopped
• eZ8 CPU is stopped
• Program counter (PC) stops incrementing
• If enabled for operation during STOP mode, the Watch-Dog Timer and its internal RC
oscillator continue to operate.
• If enabled for operation in STOP mode via the associated Option Bit, the Voltage
Brown-Out protection circuit continues to operate.
• All other on-chip peripherals are idle.
To minimize current in STOP mode, all GPIO pins that are configured as digital inputs
must be driven to one of the supply rails (VCC or GND), the Voltage Brown-Out protection
should be disabled, and the Watch-Dog Timer should be disabled. The device can be
brought out of STOP mode using STOP Mode Recovery. For more information on STOP
Mode Recovery refer to the Reset and STOP Mode Recovery chapter beginning on
page 44.
Caution: To prevent excess current consumption, STOP Mode must not be used if
the device is driven with an external clock source.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Low-Power Modes

Z8 Encore!®
51
HALT Mode
Execution of the eZ8 CPU’s HALT instruction places the device into HALT mode. In
HALT mode, the operating characteristics are:
• Primary crystal oscillator is enabled and continues to operate
• System clock is enabled and continues to operate
• eZ8 CPU is stopped
• Program counter (PC) stops incrementing
• Watch-Dog Timer’s internal RC oscillator continues to operate
• If enabled, the Watch-Dog Timer continues to operate
• All other on-chip peripherals continue to operate
The eZ8 CPU can be brought out of HALT mode by any of the following operations:
• Interrupt
• Watch-Dog Timer time-out (interrupt or reset)
• Power-on reset
• Voltage-brown out reset
• External RESET pin assertion
To minimize current in HALT mode, all GPIO pins which are configured as inputs must be
driven to one of the supply rails (VCC or GND).
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Low-Power Modes

Z8 Encore!®
52
General-Purpose I/O
Overview
The Z8F642x family products support a maximum of seven 8-bit ports (Ports A-G) and
one 4-bit port (Port H) for general-purpose input/output (I/O) operations. Each port con-
tains control and data registers. The GPIO control registers are used to determine data
direction, open-drain, output drive current and alternate pin functions. Each port pin is
individually programmable.
GPIO Port Availability By Device

Table 11 lists the port pins available with each device and package type.
Table 11. Port Availability by Device and Package Type
Device Packages Port A Port B Port C Port D Port E Port F Port G Port H
Z8Fxx21 40-pin [7:0] [7:0] [6:0] [6:3,2:0] - - - -
Z8Fxx21 44-pin [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [6:0] - - - -
Z8Fxx22 64- and 68-pin [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7] [3] [3:0]
Z8Fxx23 80-pin [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [7:0] [3:0]
Architecture
Figure 10 illustrates a simplified block diagram of a GPIO port pin. In this figure, the abil-
ity to accommodate alternate functions and variable port current drive strength are not
illustrated.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary General-Purpose I/O

Z8 Encore!®
53
Port Input Schmitt Trigger

Data Register
Q D Q D
System
Clock
VDD
Port Output Control
Port Output
Data Register
DATA
Bus D Q Port
Pin
System
Clock
Port Data Direction

GND
Figure 10. GPIO Port Pin Block Diagram
GPIO Alternate Functions

Many of the GPIO port pins can be used as both general-purpose I/O and to provide access
to on-chip peripheral functions such as the timers and serial communication devices. The
Port A-H Alternate Function sub-registers configure these pins for either general-purpose
I/O or alternate function operation. When a pin is configured for alternate function, control
of the port pin direction (input/output) is passed from the Port A-H Data Direction regis-
ters to the alternate function assigned to this pin. Table 12 lists the alternate functions
associated with each port pin.

Z8 Encore!®
54
Table 12. Port Alternate Function Mapping
Port Pin Mnemonic Alternate Function Description

Port A PA0 T0IN Timer 0 Input
PA1 T0OUT Timer 0 Output
PA2 DE0 UART 0 Driver Enable
PA3 CTS0 UART 0 Clear to Send
PA4 RXD0 / IRRX0 UART 0 / IrDA 0 Receive Data
PA5 TXD0 / IRTX0 UART 0 / IrDA 0 Transmit Data
PA6 SCL I2C Clock (automatically open-drain)
PA7 SDA I2C Data (automatically open-drain)
Port B PB0 ANA0 ADC Analog Input 0
PB1 ANA1 ADC Analog Input 1
Port C PC0 T1IN Timer 1 Input
PC1 T1OUT Timer 1 Output
PC2 SS SPI Slave Select
PC3 SCK SPI Serial Clock
PC4 MOSI SPI Master Out Slave In
PC5 MISO SPI Master In Slave Out
PC6 T2IN Timer 2 In
PC7 T2OUT Timer 2 Out

Z8 Encore!®
55
Table 12. Port Alternate Function Mapping (Continued)
Port Pin Mnemonic Alternate Function Description

Port D PD0 T3IN Timer 3 In (unavailable in 44-pin packages)
PD1 T3OUT Timer 3 Out (unavailable in 44-pin packages)
PD2 N/A No alternate function
PD3 DE1 UART 1 Driver Enable
PD4 RXD1 / IRRX1 UART 1 / IrDA 1 Receive Data
PD5 TXD1 / IRTX1 UART 1 / IrDA 1 Transmit Data
PD6 CTS1 UART 1 Clear to Send
PD7 RCOUT Watch-Dog Timer RC Oscillator Output
Port E PE[7:0] N/A No alternate functions
Port F PF[7:0] N/A No alternate functions
Port G PG[7:0] N/A No alternate functions
Port H PH0 ANA8 ADC Analog Input 8
PH1 ANA9 ADC Analog Input 9
GPIO Interrupts
Many of the GPIO port pins can be used as interrupt sources. Some port pins may be con-
figured to generate an interrupt request on either the rising edge or falling edge of the pin
input signal. Other port pin interrupts generate an interrupt when any edge occurs (both
rising and falling). Refer to the Interrupt Controller chapter for more information on
interrupts using the GPIO pins.
GPIO Control Register Definitions

Four registers for each Port provide access to GPIO control, input data, and output data.
Table 13 lists these Port registers. Use the Port A-H Address and Control registers together
to provide access to sub-registers for Port configuration and control.

Z8 Encore!®
56
Table 13. GPIO Port Registers and Sub-Registers
Port Register Mnemonic Port Register Name

PxADDR Port A-H Address Register
(Selects sub-registers)
PxCTL Port A-H Control Register
(Provides access to sub-registers)
PxIN Port A-H Input Data Register
PxOUT Port A-H Output Data Register
Port Sub-Register Mnemonic Port Register Name

PxDD Data Direction
PxAF Alternate Function
PxOC Output Control (Open-Drain)
PxDD High Drive Enable
PxSMRE STOP Mode Recovery Source
Enable
Port A-H Address Registers

The Port A-H Address registers select the GPIO Port functionality accessible through the
Port A-H Control registers. The Port A-H Address and Control registers combine to pro-
vide access to all GPIO Port control (Table 14).
Table 14. Port A-H GPIO Address Registers (PxADDR)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PADDR[7:0]
RESET 00H
R/W R/W
ADDR FD0H, FD4H, FD8H, FDCH, FE0H, FE4H, FE8H, FECH

Z8 Encore!®
57
PADDR[7:0]—Port Address
The Port Address selects one of the sub-registers accessible through the Port Control reg-
ister.
PADDR[7:0] Port Control sub-register accessible using the Port A-H Control Registers
00H No function. Provides some protection against accidental Port reconfiguration.
01H Data Direction
02H Alternate Function
03H Output Control (Open-Drain)
04H High Drive Enable
05H STOP Mode Recovery Source Enable.
06H-FFH No function.
Port A-H Control Registers

The Port A-H Control registers set the GPIO port operation. The value in the correspond-
ing Port A-H Address register determines the control sub-registers accessible using the
Port A-H Control register (Table 15).
Table 15. Port A-H Control Registers (PxCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PCTL
RESET 00H
R/W R/W
ADDR FD1H, FD5H, FD9H, FDDH, FE1H, FE5H, FE9H, FEDH
PCTL[7:0]—Port Control
The Port Control register provides access to all sub-registers that configure the GPIO Port
operation.

Z8 Encore!®
58
Port A-H Data Direction Sub-Registers

The Port A-H Data Direction sub-register is accessed through the Port A-H Control regis-
ter by writing 01H to the Port A-H Address register (Table 16).
Table 16. Port A-H Data Direction Sub-Registers
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DD7 DD6 DD5 DD4 DD3 DD2 DD1 DD0
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
ADDR If 01H in Port A-H Address Register, accessible via Port A-H Control Register
DD[7:0]—Data Direction
These bits control the direction of the associated port pin. Port Alternate Function opera-
tion overrides the Data Direction register setting.
0 = Output. Data in the Port A-H Output Data register is driven onto the port pin.
1 = Input. The port pin is sampled and the value written into the Port A-H Input Data Reg-
ister. The output driver is tri-stated.
Port A-H Alternate Function Sub-Registers

The Port A-H Alternate Function sub-register (Table 17) is accessed through the Port A-H
Control register by writing 02H to the Port A-H Address register. The Port A-H Alternate
Function sub-registers select the alternate functions for the selected pins. Refer to the
GPIO Alternate Functions section to determine the alternate function associated with
each port pin.
Caution: Do not enable alternate function for GPIO port pins which do not have an
associated alternate function. Failure to follow this guideline may result in
unpredictable operation.
Table 17. Port A-H Alternate Function Sub-Registers
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD AF7 AF6 AF5 AF4 AF3 AF2 AF1 AF0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Z8 Encore!®
59
AF[7:0]—Port Alternate Function enabled

0 = The port pin is in normal mode and the DDx bit in the Port A-H Data Direction sub-
register determines the direction of the pin.
1 = The alternate function is selected. Port pin operation is controlled by the alternate
function.
Port A-H Output Control Sub-Registers

The Port A-H Output Control sub-register (Table 18) is accessed through the Port A-H
Control register by writing 03H to the Port A-H Address register. Setting the bits in the
Port A-H Output Control sub-registers to 1 configures the specified port pins for open-
drain operation. These sub-registers affect the pins directly and, as a result, alternate func-
tions are also affected.
Table 18. Port A-H Output Control Sub-Registers
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD POC7 POC6 POC5 POC4 POC3 POC2 POC1 POC0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
POC[7:0]—Port Output Control

These bits function independently of the alternate function bit and disables the drains if set
to 1.
0 = The drains are enabled for any output mode.
1 = The drain of the associated pin is disabled (open-drain mode).

Z8 Encore!®
60
Port A-H High Drive Enable Sub-Registers

The Port A-H High Drive Enable sub-register (Table 19) is accessed through the Port A-H
Control register by writing 04H to the Port A-H Address register. Setting the bits in the
Port A-H High Drive Enable sub-registers to 1 configures the specified port pins for high
current output drive operation. The Port A-H High Drive Enable sub-register affects the
pins directly and, as a result, alternate functions are also affected.
Table 19. Port A-H High Drive Enable Sub-Registers
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PHDE7 PHDE6 PHDE5 PHDE4 PHDE3 PHDE2 PHDE1 PHDE0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PHDE[7:0]—Port High Drive Enabled

0 = The Port pin is configured for standard output current drive.
1 = The Port pin is configured for high output current drive.
Port A-H STOP Mode Recovery Source Enable Sub-Registers

The Port A-H STOP Mode Recovery Source Enable sub-register (Table 20) is accessed
through the Port A-H Control register by writing 05H to the Port A-H Address register.
Setting the bits in the Port A-H STOP Mode Recovery Source Enable sub-registers to 1
configures the specified Port pins as a STOP Mode Recovery source. During STOP Mode,
any logic transition on a Port pin enabled as a STOP Mode Recovery source initiates
STOP Mode Recovery.

Z8 Encore!®
61
Table 20. Port A-H STOP Mode Recovery Source Enable Sub-Registers
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PSMRE7 PSMRE6 PSMRE5 PSMRE4 PSMRE3 PSMRE2 PSMRE1 PSMRE0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PSMRE[7:0]—Port STOP Mode Recovery Source Enabled

0 = The Port pin is not configured as a STOP Mode Recovery source. Transitions on this
pin during STOP mode do not initiate STOP Mode Recovery.
1 = The Port pin is configured as a STOP Mode Recovery source. Any logic transition on
this pin during STOP mode initiates STOP Mode Recovery.
Port A-H Input Data Registers

Reading from the Port A-H Input Data registers (Table 21) returns the sampled values
from the corresponding port pins. The Port A-H Input Data registers are Read-only.
Table 21. Port A-H Input Data Registers (PxIN)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PIN7 PIN6 PIN5 PIN4 PIN3 PIN2 PIN1 PIN0
RESET X X X X X X X X
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR FD2H, FD6H, FDAH, FDEH, FE2H, FE6H, FEAH, FEEH
PIN[7:0]—Port Input Data

Sampled data from the corresponding port pin input.
0 = Input data is logical 0 (Low).
1 = Input data is logical 1 (High).

Z8 Encore!®
62
Port A-H Output Data Register

The Port A-H Output Data register (Table 22) writes output data to the pins.
Table 22. Port A-H Output Data Register (PxOUT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD POUT7 POUT6 POUT5 POUT4 POUT3 POUT2 POUT1 POUT0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FD3H, FD7H, FDBH, FDFH, FE3H, FE7H, FEBH, FEFH
POUT[7:0]—Port Output Data

These bits contain the data to be driven out from the port pins. The values are only driven
if the corresponding pin is configured as an output and the pin is not configured for alter-
nate function operation.
0 = Drive a logical 0 (Low).
1= Drive a logical 1 (High). High value is not driven if the drain has been disabled by set-
ting the corresponding Port Output Control register bit to 1.

Z8 Encore!®
63
Overview
The interrupt controller on the Z8F642x family products prioritizes the interrupt requests
from the on-chip peripherals and the GPIO port pins. The features of the interrupt control-
ler include the following:
• 24 unique interrupt vectors:
– 12 GPIO port pin interrupt sources
– 12 on-chip peripheral interrupt sources
• Flexible GPIO interrupts
– 8 selectable rising and falling edge GPIO interrupts
– 4 dual-edge interrupts
• 3 levels of individually programmable interrupt priority
• Watch-Dog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt
Interrupt requests (IRQs) allow peripheral devices to suspend CPU operation in an orderly
manner and force the CPU to start an interrupt service routine (ISR). Usually this interrupt
service routine is involved with the exchange of data, status information, or control infor-
mation between the CPU and the interrupting peripheral. When the service routine is com-
pleted, the CPU returns to the operation from which it was interrupted.
The eZ8 CPU supports both vectored and polled interrupt handling. For polled interrupts,
the interrupt control has no effect on operation. Refer to the eZ8 CPU User Manual for
more information regarding interrupt servicing by the eZ8 CPU. The eZ8 CPU User Man-
ual is available for download at www.zilog.com.
Interrupt Vector Listing

Table 23 lists all of the interrupts available in order of priority. The interrupt vector is
stored with the most significant byte (MSB) at the even Program Memory address and the
least significant byte (LSB) at the following odd Program Memory address.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Interrupt Controller

Z8 Encore!®
64
Table 23. Interrupt Vectors in Order of Priority
Program Memory
Priority Vector Address Interrupt Source
Highest 0002h Reset (not an interrupt)
0004h Watch-Dog Timer (see Watch-Dog Timer chapter)
0006h Illegal Instruction Trap (not an interrupt)
0008h Timer 2
000Ah Timer 1
000Ch Timer 0
000Eh UART 0 receiver
0010h UART 0 transmitter
0012h I2C
0014h SPI
0016h ADC
0018h Port A7 or Port D7, rising or falling input edge
001Ah Port A6 or Port D6, rising or falling input edge
001Ch Port A5 or Port D5, rising or falling input edge
001Eh Port A4 or Port D4, rising or falling input edge
0028h Timer 3 (not available in 44-pin packages)
002Ah UART 1 receiver
002Ch UART 1 transmitter
002Eh DMA
0030h Port C3, both input edges
Lowest 0036h Port C0, both input edges

Z8 Encore!®
65
Architecture
Figure 11 illustrates a block diagram of the interrupt controller.
High
Port Interrupts Priority
Interrupt Request Latches and Control
Vector
Priority
Mux IRQ Request
Medium
Priority
Internal Interrupts
Low
Priority
Figure 11. Interrupt Controller Block Diagram
Operation
Master Interrupt Enable

The master interrupt enable bit (IRQE) in the Interrupt Control register globally enables
and disables interrupts.
Interrupts are globally enabled by any of the following actions:
• Execution of an EI (Enable Interrupt) instruction
• Execution of an IRET (Return from Interrupt) instruction
• Writing a 1 to the IRQE bit in the Interrupt Control register
Interrupts are globally disabled by any of the following actions:
• Execution of a DI (Disable Interrupt) instruction
• eZ8 CPU acknowledgement of an interrupt service request from the interrupt
controller
• Writing a 0 to the IRQE bit in the Interrupt Control register
• Reset

Z8 Encore!®
66
• Execution of a Trap instruction

• Illegal Instruction trap
Interrupt Vectors and Priority

The interrupt controller supports three levels of interrupt priority. Level 3 is the highest
priority, Level 2 is the second highest priority, and Level 1 is the lowest priority. If all of
the interrupts were enabled with identical interrupt priority (all as Level 2 interrupts, for
example), then interrupt priority would be assigned from highest to lowest as specified in
Table 23. Level 3 interrupts always have higher priority than Level 2 interrupts which, in
turn, always have higher priority than Level 1 interrupts. Within each interrupt priority
level (Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3), priority is assigned as specified in Table 23. Reset,
Watch-Dog Timer interrupt (if enabled), and Illegal Instruction Trap always have highest
priority.
Interrupt Assertion
Interrupt sources assert their interrupt requests for only a single system clock period (sin-
gle pulse). When the interrupt request is acknowledged by the eZ8 CPU, the correspond-
ing bit in the Interrupt Request register is cleared until the next interrupt occurs. Writing a
0 to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Request register likewise clears the interrupt
request.
Caution: The following style of coding to clear bits in the Interrupt Request registers
is NOT recommended. All incoming interrupts that are received between
execution of the first LDX command and the last LDX command are lost.
Poor coding style that can result in lost interrupt requests:

LDX r0, IRQ0
AND r0, MASK
LDX IRQ0, r0
To avoid missing interrupts, the following style of coding to clear bits in

the Interrupt Request 0 register is recommended:
Good coding style that avoids lost interrupt requests:

ANDX IRQ0, MASK
Software Interrupt Assertion

Program code can generate interrupts directly. Writing a 1 to the desired bit in the Interrupt
Request register triggers an interrupt (assuming that interrupt is enabled). When the inter-
rupt request is acknowledged by the eZ8 CPU, the bit in the Interrupt Request register is
automatically cleared to 0.

Z8 Encore!®
67
Caution: The following style of coding to generate software interrupts by setting

bits in the Interrupt Request registers is NOT recommended. All incoming
interrupts that are received between execution of the first LDX command
and the last LDX command are lost.
Poor coding style that can result in lost interrupt requests:

LDX r0, IRQ0
OR r0, MASK
LDX IRQ0, r0
To avoid missing interrupts, the following style of coding to set bits in the
Interrupt Request registers is recommended:
Good coding style that avoids lost interrupt requests:

ORX IRQ0, MASK
Interrupt Control Register Definitions

For all interrupts other than the Watch-Dog Timer interrupt, the interrupt control registers
enable individual interrupts, set interrupt priorities, and indicate interrupt requests.
Interrupt Request 0 Register

The Interrupt Request 0 (IRQ0) register (Table 24) stores the interrupt requests for both
vectored and polled interrupts. When a request is presented to the interrupt controller, the
corresponding bit in the IRQ0 register becomes 1. If interrupts are globally enabled (vec-
tored interrupts), the interrupt controller passes an interrupt request to the eZ8 CPU. If
interrupts are globally disabled (polled interrupts), the eZ8 CPU can read the Interrupt
Request 0 register to determine if any interrupt requests are pending
Table 24. Interrupt Request 0 Register (IRQ0)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD T2I T1I T0I U0RXI U0TXI I2CI SPII ADCI
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC0H

Z8 Encore!®
68
T2I—Timer 2 Interrupt Request

0 = No interrupt request is pending for Timer 2.
1 = An interrupt request from Timer 2 is awaiting service.
U0RXI—UART 0 Receiver Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the UART 0 receiver.
1 = An interrupt request from the UART 0 receiver is awaiting service.
U0TXI—UART 0 Transmitter Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the UART 0 transmitter.
1 = An interrupt request from the UART 0 transmitter is awaiting service.
I2CI— I2C Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the I2C.
1 = An interrupt request from the I2C is awaiting service.
SPII—SPI Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the SPI.
1 = An interrupt request from the SPI is awaiting service.
ADCI—ADC Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the Analog-to-Digital Converter.
1 = An interrupt request from the Analog-to-Digital Converter is awaiting service.

The Interrupt Request 1 (IRQ1) register (Table 25) stores interrupt requests for both vec-
tored and polled interrupts. When a request is presented to the interrupt controller, the cor-
responding bit in the IRQ1 register becomes 1. If interrupts are globally enabled (vectored
interrupts), the interrupt controller passes an interrupt request to the eZ8 CPU. If interrupts

Z8 Encore!®
69
are globally disabled (polled interrupts), the eZ8 CPU can read the Interrupt Request 1
register to determine if any interrupt requests are pending.
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PAD7I PAD6I PAD5I PAD4I PAD3I PAD2I PAD1I PAD0I
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC3H
PADxI—Port A or Port D Pin x Interrupt Request

0 = No interrupt request is pending for GPIO Port A or Port D pin x.
1 = An interrupt request from GPIO Port A or Port D pin x is awaiting service.
where x indicates the specific GPIO Port pin number (0 through 7). For each pin, only 1 of
either Port A or Port D can be enabled for interrupts at any one time. Port selection (A or
D) is determined by the values in the Interrupt Port Select Register.

Z8 Encore!®
70

The Interrupt Request 2 (IRQ2) register (Table 26) stores interrupt requests for both vec-
tored and polled interrupts. When a request is presented to the interrupt controller, the cor-
responding bit in the IRQ2 register becomes 1. If interrupts are globally enabled (vectored
interrupts), the interrupt controller passes an interrupt request to the eZ8 CPU. If interrupts
are globally disabled (polled interrupts), the eZ8 CPU can read the Interrupt Request 1
register to determine if any interrupt requests are pending.
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD T3I U1RXI U1TXI DMAI PC3I PC2I PC1I PC0I
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC6H

U1RXI—UART 1 Receive Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the UART1 receiver.
1 = An interrupt request from UART1 receiver is awaiting service.
U1TXI—UART 1 Transmit Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the UART 1 transmitter.
1 = An interrupt request from the UART 1 transmitter is awaiting service.
DMAI—DMA Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for the DMA.
1 = An interrupt request from the DMA is awaiting service.
PCxI—Port C Pin x Interrupt Request
0 = No interrupt request is pending for GPIO Port C pin x.
1 = An interrupt request from GPIO Port C pin x is awaiting service.
where x indicates the specific GPIO Port C pin number (0 through 3).

Z8 Encore!®
71
IRQ0 Enable High and Low Bit Registers

The IRQ0 Enable High and Low Bit registers (Tables 28 and 29) form a priority encoded
enabling for interrupts in the Interrupt Request 0 register. Priority is generated by setting
bits in each register. Table 27 describes the priority control for IRQ0.
Table 27. IRQ0 Enable and Priority Encoding
IRQ0ENH[x] IRQ0ENL[x] Priority Description

0 0 Disabled Disabled
0 1 Level 1 Low
1 0 Level 2 Nominal
1 1 Level 3 High
where x indicates the register bits from 0 through 7.
Table 28. IRQ0 Enable High Bit Register (IRQ0ENH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD T2ENH T1ENH T0ENH U0RENH U0TENH I2CENH SPIENH ADCENH
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC1H
T2ENH—Timer 2 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit

U0RENH—UART 0 Receive Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
U0TENH—UART 0 Transmit Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
I2CENH—I2C Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
SPIENH—SPI Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
ADCENH—ADC Interrupt Request Enable High Bit

Z8 Encore!®
72
Table 29. IRQ0 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ0ENL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD T2ENL T1ENL T0ENL U0RENL U0TENL I2CENL SPIENL ADCENL
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC2H
T2ENL—Timer 2 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit

U0RENL—UART 0 Receive Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
U0TENL—UART 0 Transmit Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
I2CENL—I2C Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
SPIENL—SPI Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
ADCENL—ADC Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit


0 1 Level 1 Low
1 0 Level 2 Nominal
1 1 Level 3 High

Z8 Encore!®
73
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PAD7ENH PAD6ENH PAD5ENH PAD4ENH PAD3ENH PAD2ENH PAD1ENH PAD0ENH
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC4H
PADxENH—Port A or Port D Bit[x] Interrupt Request Enable High Bit

Refer to the Interrupt Port Select register for selection of either Port A or Port D as the
interrupt source.
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PAD7ENL PAD6ENL PAD5ENL PAD4ENL PAD3ENL PAD2ENL PAD1ENL PAD0ENL
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC5H
PADxENL—Port A or Port D Bit[x] Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit

Refer to the Interrupt Port Select register for selection of either Port A or Port D as the
interrupt source.


0 1 Level 1 Low
1 0 Level 2 Nominal
1 1 Level 3 High

Z8 Encore!®
74
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD T3ENH U1RENH U1TENH DMAENH C3ENH C2ENH C1ENH C0ENH
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC7H

U1RENH—UART 1 Receive Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
U1TENH—UART 1 Transmit Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
DMAENH—DMA Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
C3ENH—Port C3 Interrupt Request Enable High Bit
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD T3ENL U1RENL U1TENL DMAENL C3ENL C2ENL C1ENL C0ENL
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FC8H

U1RENL—UART 1 Receive Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
U1TENL—UART 1 Transmit Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
DMAENL—DMA Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
C3ENL—Port C3 Interrupt Request Enable Low Bit
Interrupt Edge Select Register

The Interrupt Edge Select (IRQES) register (Table 36) determines whether an interrupt is
generated for the rising edge or falling edge on the selected GPIO Port input pin. The

Z8 Encore!®
75
Interrupt Port Select register selects between Port A and Port D for the individual inter-
rupts.
Table 36. Interrupt Edge Select Register (IRQES)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD IES7 IES6 IES5 IES4 IES3 IES2 IES1 IES0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FCDH
IESx—Interrupt Edge Select x

The minimum pulse width should be greater than 1 system clock to guarantee capture of
the edge triggered interrupt. Shorter pulses may be captured but not guaranteed.
0 = An interrupt request is generated on the falling edge of the PAx/PDx input.
1 = An interrupt request is generated on the rising edge of the PAx/PDx input.
where x indicates the specific GPIO Port pin number (0 through 7),
Interrupt Port Select Register

The Port Select (IRQPS) register (Table 37) determines the port pin that generates the
PAx/PDx interrupts. This register allows either Port A or Port D pins to be used as inter-
rupts. The Interrupt Edge Select register controls the active interrupt edge.
Table 37. Interrupt Port Select Register (IRQPS)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PAD7S PAD6S PAD5S PAD4S PAD3S PAD2S PAD1S PAD0S
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FCEH
PADxS—PAx/PDx Selection
0 = PAx is used for the interrupt for PAx/PDx interrupt request.
1 = PDx is used for the interrupt for PAx/PDx interrupt request.
where x indicates the specific GPIO Port pin number (0 through 7).

Z8 Encore!®
76
Interrupt Control Register

The Interrupt Control (IRQCTL) register (Table 38) contains the master enable bit for all
interrupts.
Table 38. Interrupt Control Register (IRQCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD IRQE Reserved
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R/W R R R R R R R
ADDR FCFH
IRQE—Interrupt Request Enable

This bit is set to 1 by execution of an EI (Enable Interrupts) or IRET (Interrupt Return)
instruction, or by a direct register write of a 1 to this bit. It is reset to 0 by executing a DI
instruction, eZ8 CPU acknowledgement of an interrupt request, or Reset.
0 = Interrupts are disabled.
1 = Interrupts are enabled.
Reserved
These bits must be 0.

Z8 Encore!®
77
Timers
Overview
The Z8F642x family products contain up to four 16-bit reloadable timers that can be used
for timing, event counting, or generation of pulse-width modulated (PWM) signals. The
timers’ features include:
• 16-bit reload counter
• Programmable prescaler with prescale values from 1 to 128
• PWM output generation
• Capture and compare capability
• External input pin for timer input, clock gating, or capture signal. External input pin
signal frequency is limited to a maximum of one-fourth the system clock frequency.
• Timer output pin
• Timer interrupt
In addition to the timers described in this chapter, the Baud Rate Generators for any
unused UART, SPI, or I2C peripherals may also be used to provide basic timing function-
ality. Refer to the respective serial communication peripheral chapters for information on
using the Baud Rate Generators as timers. Timer 3 is unavailable in the 44-pin package
devices.
Architecture
Figure 12 illustrates the architecture of the timers.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Timers

Z8 Encore!®
78
Timer Block
Data Timer
Bus Control
Block
Control
16-Bit Interrupt, Timer
Compare
Reload Register PWM, Interrupt
and
Timer Output
System Timer
Control
Clock 16-Bit Counter Output
Timer with Prescaler

Input
Compare
Gate
16-Bit
Input
PWM / Compare
Capture
Input
Figure 12. Timer Block Diagram
Operation
The timers are 16-bit up-counters. Minimum time-out delay is set by loading the value
0001H into the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers and setting the prescale value
to 1. Maximum time-out delay is set by loading the value 0000H into the Timer Reload
High and Low Byte registers and setting the prescale value to 128. If the Timer reaches
FFFFH, the timer rolls over to 0000H and continues counting.
Timer Operating Modes

The timers can be configured to operate in the following modes:
One-Shot Mode
In One-Shot mode, the timer counts up to the 16-bit Reload value stored in the Timer
Reload High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon reaching
the Reload value, the timer generates an interrupt and the count value in the Timer High
and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H. Then, the timer is automatically disabled and
stops counting.
Also, if the Timer Output alternate function is enabled, the Timer Output pin changes state
for one system clock cycle (from Low to High or from High to Low) upon timer Reload. If
it is desired to have the Timer Output make a permanent state change upon One-Shot time-

Z8 Encore!®
79
out, first set the TPOL bit in the Timer Control 1 Register to the start value before begin-
ning One-Shot mode. Then, after starting the timer, set TPOL to the opposite bit value.
The steps for configuring a timer for One-Shot mode and initiating the count are as fol-
lows:
1. Write to the Timer Control 1 register to:
– Disable the timer
– Configure the timer for One-Shot mode.
– Set the prescale value.
– If using the Timer Output alternate function, set the initial output level (High or
Low).
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the Reload value.
4. If desired, enable the timer interrupt and set the timer interrupt priority by writing to
the relevant interrupt registers.
5. If using the Timer Output function, configure the associated GPIO port pin for the
Timer Output alternate function.
6. Write to the Timer Control 1 register to enable the timer and initiate counting.
In One-Shot mode, the system clock always provides the timer input. The timer period is
given by the following equation:
( Reload Value – Start Value ) × Prescale
One-Shot Mode Time-Out Period (s) = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
System Clock Frequency (Hz)
Continuous Mode
In Continuous mode, the timer counts up to the 16-bit Reload value stored in the Timer
Reload High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon reaching
the Reload value, the timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and
Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H and counting resumes. Also, if the Timer Output
alternate function is enabled, the Timer Output pin changes state (from Low to High or
from High to Low) upon timer Reload.
The steps for configuring a timer for Continuous mode and initiating the count are as fol-
lows:
– Configure the timer for Continuous mode.

Z8 Encore!®
80
– If using the Timer Output alternate function, set the initial output level (High or
Low).
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value (usually
0001H). This only affects the first pass in Continuous mode. After the first timer
Reload in Continuous mode, counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H.
In Continuous mode, the system clock always provides the timer input. The timer period is
Reload Value × Prescale
Continuous Mode Time-Out Period (s) = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
If an initial starting value other than 0001H is loaded into the Timer High and Low Byte
registers, the One-Shot mode equation must be used to determine the first time-out period.
Counter Mode
In Counter mode, the timer counts input transitions from a GPIO port pin. The timer input
is taken from the GPIO Port pin Timer Input alternate function. The TPOL bit in the Timer
Control 1 Register selects whether the count occurs on the rising edge or the falling edge
of the Timer Input signal. In Counter mode, the prescaler is disabled.
Caution: The input frequency of the Timer Input signal must not exceed one-fourth
the system clock frequency.
Upon reaching the Reload value stored in the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers,
the timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers
is reset to 0001H and counting resumes. Also, if the Timer Output alternate function is
enabled, the Timer Output pin changes state (from Low to High or from High to Low) at
timer Reload.
The steps for configuring a timer for Counter mode and initiating the count are as follows:
– Configure the timer for Counter mode.

Z8 Encore!®
81
– Select either the rising edge or falling edge of the Timer Input signal for the count.
This also sets the initial logic level (High or Low) for the Timer Output alternate
function. However, the Timer Output function does not have to be enabled.
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value. This
only affects the first pass in Counter mode. After the first timer Reload in Counter
mode, counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H. Generally, in Counter
mode the Timer High and Low Byte registers must be written with the value 0001H.
5. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the Timer Input alternate function.
7. Write to the Timer Control 1 register to enable the timer.
In Counter mode, the number of Timer Input transitions since the timer start is given by
the following equation:
Counter Mode Timer Input Transitions = Current Count Value – Start Value
PWM Mode
In PWM mode, the timer outputs a Pulse-Width Modulator (PWM) output signal through
a GPIO Port pin. The timer input is the system clock. The timer first counts up to the 16-
bit PWM match value stored in the Timer PWM High and Low Byte registers. When the
timer count value matches the PWM value, the Timer Output toggles. The timer continues
counting until it reaches the Reload value stored in the Timer Reload High and Low Byte
registers. Upon reaching the Reload value, the timer generates an interrupt, the count
value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H and counting resumes.
If the TPOL bit in the Timer Control 1 register is set to 1, the Timer Output signal begins
as a High (1) and then transitions to a Low (0) when the timer value matches the PWM
value. The Timer Output signal returns to a High (1) after the timer reaches the Reload
value and is reset to 0001H.
If the TPOL bit in the Timer Control 1 register is set to 0, the Timer Output signal begins
as a Low (0) and then transitions to a High (1) when the timer value matches the PWM
value. The Timer Output signal returns to a Low (0) after the timer reaches the Reload
value and is reset to 0001H.
The steps for configuring a timer for PWM mode and initiating the PWM operation are as
follows:

Z8 Encore!®
82

– Configure the timer for PWM mode.
– Set the initial logic level (High or Low) and PWM High/Low transition for the
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value
(typically 0001H). This only affects the first pass in PWM mode. After the first timer
reset in PWM mode, counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H.
3. Write to the PWM High and Low Byte registers to set the PWM value.
4. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the Reload value (PWM
period). The Reload value must be greater than the PWM value.
6. Configure the associated GPIO port pin for the Timer Output alternate function.
The PWM period is given by the following equation:
Reload Value × Prescale
PWM Period (s) = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
If an initial starting value other than 0001H is loaded into the Timer High and Low Byte
registers, the One-Shot mode equation must be used to determine the first PWM time-out
period.
If TPOL is set to 0, the ratio of the PWM output High time to the total period is given by:
Reload Value – PWM Value

PWM Output High Time Ratio (%) = ------------------------------------------------------------------------ × 100
Reload Value
If TPOL is set to 1, the ratio of the PWM output High time to the total period is given by:
PWM Value
PWM Output High Time Ratio (%) = ---------------------------------- × 100
Reload Value
Capture Mode
In Capture mode, the current timer count value is recorded when the desired external
Timer Input transition occurs. The Capture count value is written to the Timer PWM High
and Low Byte Registers. The timer input is the system clock. The TPOL bit in the Timer
Control 1 register determines if the Capture occurs on a rising edge or a falling edge of the

Z8 Encore!®
83
Timer Input signal. When the Capture event occurs, an interrupt is generated and the timer
continues counting.
The timer continues counting up to the 16-bit Reload value stored in the Timer Reload
High and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the Reload value, the timer generates an
interrupt and continues counting.
The steps for configuring a timer for Capture mode and initiating the count are as follows:
– Configure the timer for Capture mode.
– Set the Capture edge (rising or falling) for the Timer Input.
(typically 0001H).
4. Clear the Timer PWM High and Low Byte registers to 0000H. This allows user
software to determine if interrupts were generated by either a capture event or a
reload. If the PWM High and Low Byte registers still contain 0000H after the
interrupt, then the interrupt was generated by a Reload.
In Capture mode, the elapsed time from timer start to Capture event can be calculated
using the following equation:
( Capture Value – Start Value ) × Prescale

Capture Elapsed Time (s) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compare Mode
In Compare mode, the timer counts up to the 16-bit maximum Compare value stored in the
Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. Upon
reaching the Compare value, the timer generates an interrupt and counting continues (the
timer value is not reset to 0001H). Also, if the Timer Output alternate function is enabled,
the Timer Output pin changes state (from Low to High or from High to Low) upon Com-
pare.

Z8 Encore!®
84
If the Timer reaches FFFFH, the timer rolls over to 0000H and continue counting.
The steps for configuring a timer for Compare mode and initiating the count are as fol-
lows:
– Configure the timer for Compare mode.
– Set the initial logic level (High or Low) for the Timer Output alternate function, if
desired.
2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value.
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the Compare value.
In Compare mode, the system clock always provides the timer input. The Compare time is
( Compare Value – Start Value ) × Prescale
Compare Mode Time (s) = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gated Mode
In Gated mode, the timer counts only when the Timer Input signal is in its active state
(asserted), as determined by the TPOL bit in the Timer Control 1 register. When the Timer
Input signal is asserted, counting begins. A timer interrupt is generated when the Timer
Input signal is deasserted or a timer reload occurs. To determine if a Timer Input signal
deassertion generated the interrupt, read the associated GPIO input value and compare to
the value stored in the TPOL bit.
The timer counts up to the 16-bit Reload value stored in the Timer Reload High and Low
Byte registers. The timer input is the system clock. When reaching the Reload value, the
timer generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is
reset to 0001H and counting resumes (assuming the Timer Input signal is still asserted).
Also, if the Timer Output alternate function is enabled, the Timer Output pin changes state
(from Low to High or from High to Low) at timer reset.
The steps for configuring a timer for Gated mode and initiating the count are as follows:

Z8 Encore!®
85
– Configure the timer for Gated mode.

2. Write to the Timer High and Low Byte registers to set the starting count value. This
only affects the first pass in Gated mode. After the first timer reset in Gated mode,
counting always begins at the reset value of 0001H.
7. Assert the Timer Input signal to initiate the counting.
Capture/Compare Mode
In Capture/Compare mode, the timer begins counting on the first external Timer Input
transition. The desired transition (rising edge or falling edge) is set by the TPOL bit in the
Timer Control 1 Register. The timer input is the system clock.
Every subsequent desired transition (after the first) of the Timer Input signal captures the
current count value. The Capture value is written to the Timer PWM High and Low Byte
Registers. When the Capture event occurs, an interrupt is generated, the count value in the
Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to 0001H, and counting resumes.
If no Capture event occurs, the timer counts up to the 16-bit Compare value stored in the
Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers. Upon reaching the Compare value, the timer
generates an interrupt, the count value in the Timer High and Low Byte registers is reset to
0001H and counting resumes.
The steps for configuring a timer for Capture/Compare mode and initiating the count are
as follows:
– Configure the timer for Capture/Compare mode.
– Set the Capture edge (rising or falling) for the Timer Input.
(typically 0001H).
3. Write to the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers to set the Compare value.

Z8 Encore!®
86
7. Counting begins on the first appropriate transition of the Timer Input signal. No
interrupt is generated by this first edge.
In Capture/Compare mode, the elapsed time from timer start to Capture event can be cal-
culated using the following equation:
( Capture Value – Start Value ) × Prescale

Capture Elapsed Time (s) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reading the Timer Count Values

The current count value in the timers can be read while counting (enabled). This capability
has no effect on timer operation. When the timer is enabled and the Timer High Byte reg-
ister is read, the contents of the Timer Low Byte register are placed in a holding register. A
subsequent read from the Timer Low Byte register returns the value in the holding register.
This operation allows accurate reads of the full 16-bit timer count value while enabled.
When the timers are not enabled, a read from the Timer Low Byte register returns the
actual value in the counter.
Timer Output Signal Operation

Timer Output is a GPIO Port pin alternate function. Generally, the Timer Output is toggled
every time the counter is reloaded.
Timer Control Register Definitions

Timers 0-2 are available in all packages. Timer 3 is only available in the 64-, 68-, and 80-
pin packages.
Timer 0-3 High and Low Byte Registers

The Timer 0-3 High and Low Byte (TxH and TxL) registers (Tables 38 and 39) contain the
current 16-bit timer count value. When the timer is enabled, a read from TxH causes the
value in TxL to be stored in a temporary holding register. A read from TMRL always
returns this temporary register when the timers are enabled. When the timer is disabled,
reads from the TMRL reads the register directly.
Writing to the Timer High and Low Byte registers while the timer is enabled is not recom-
mended. There are no temporary holding registers available for write operations, so simul-
taneous 16-bit writes are not possible. If either the Timer High or Low Byte registers are
written during counting, the 8-bit written value is placed in the counter (High or Low
Byte) at the next clock edge. The counter continues counting from the new value.
Timer 3 is unavailable in the 40- and 44-pin packages.

Z8 Encore!®
87
Table 38. Timer 0-3 High Byte Register (TxH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TH
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F00H, F08H, F10H, F18H
Table 39>. Timer 0-3 Low Byte Register (TxL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TL
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
ADDR F01H, F09H, F11H, F19H
TH and TL—Timer High and Low Bytes

These 2 bytes, {TMRH[7:0], TMRL[7:0]}, contain the current 16-bit timer count value.
Timer Reload High and Low Byte Registers

The Timer 0-3 Reload High and Low Byte (TxRH and TxRL) registers (Tables 40 and 41)
store a 16-bit reload value, {TRH[7:0], TRL[7:0]}. Values written to the Timer Reload
High Byte register are stored in a temporary holding register. When a write to the Timer
Reload Low Byte register occurs, the temporary holding register value is written to the
Timer High Byte register. This operation allows simultaneous updates of the 16-bit Timer
Reload value.
In Compare mode, the Timer Reload High and Low Byte registers store the 16-bit Com-
pare value.

Z8 Encore!®
88
Table 40. Timer 0-3 Reload High Byte Register (TxRH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TRH
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR F02H, F0AH, F12H, F1AH
Table 41. Timer 0-3 Reload Low Byte Register (TxRL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TRL
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR F03H, F0BH, F13H, F1BH
TRH and TRL—Timer Reload Register High and Low

These two bytes form the 16-bit Reload value, {TRH[7:0], TRL[7:0]}. This value sets the
maximum count value which initiates a timer reload to 0001H. In Compare mode, these
two byte form the 16-bit Compare value.

Z8 Encore!®
89
Timer 0-3 PWM High and Low Byte Registers

The Timer 0-3 PWM High and Low Byte (TxPWMH and TxPWML) registers (Tables 42
and 43) are used for Pulse-Width Modulator (PWM) operations. These registers also store
the Capture values for the Capture and Capture/Compare modes.
Table 42. Timer 0-3 PWM High Byte Register (TxPWMH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PWMH
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F04H, F0CH, F14H, F1CH
Table 43. Timer 0-3 PWM Low Byte Register (TxPWML)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD PWML
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F05H, F0DH, F15H, F1DH
PWMH and PWML—Pulse-Width Modulator High and Low Bytes

These two bytes, {PWMH[7:0], PWML[7:0]}, form a 16-bit value that is compared to the
current 16-bit timer count. When a match occurs, the PWM output changes state. The
PWM output value is set by the TPOL bit in the Timer Control 1 Register (TxCTL1) regis-
ter.
The TxPWMH and TxPWML registers also store the 16-bit captured timer value when
operating in Capture or Capture/Compare modes.

Z8 Encore!®
90
Timer 0-3 Control 0 Registers

The Timer 0-3 Control 0 (TxCTL0) registers (Tables 44 and 45) allow cascading of the
Timers.
Table 44. Timer 0-3 Control 0 Register (TxCTL0)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD Reserved CSC Reserved
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F06H, F0EH, F16H, F1EH
CSC—Cascade Timers
0 = Timer Input signal comes from the pin.
1 = For Timer 0, Input signal is connected to Timer 3 output.
For Timer 1, Input signal is connected to Timer 0 output.
Timer 0-3 Control 1 Registers

The Timer 0-3 Control 1 (TxCTL1) registers enable/disable the timers, set the prescaler
value, and determine the timer operating mode.
Table 45. Timer 0-3 Control 1 Register (TxCTL1)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TEN TPOL PRES TMODE
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F07H, F0FH, F17H, F1FH
TEN—Timer Enable
0 = Timer is disabled.
1 = Timer enabled to count.
TPOL—Timer Input/Output Polarity
Operation of this bit is a function of the current operating mode of the timer.

Z8 Encore!®
91
One-Shot mode
When the timer is disabled, the Timer Output signal is set to the value of this bit.
When the timer is enabled, the Timer Output signal is complemented upon timer
Reload.
Continuous mode
Reload.
Counter mode
Reload.
PWM mode
0 = Timer Output is forced Low (0) when the timer is disabled. When enabled, the
Timer Output is forced High (1) upon PWM count match and forced Low (0) upon
Reload.
1 = Timer Output is forced High (1) when the timer is disabled. When enabled, the
Timer Output is forced Low (0) upon PWM count match and forced High (1) upon
Reload.
Capture mode
0 = Count is captured on the rising edge of the Timer Input signal.
1 = Count is captured on the falling edge of the Timer Input signal.
Compare mode
Reload.
Gated mode
0 = Timer counts when the Timer Input signal is High (1) and interrupts are generated
on the falling edge of the Timer Input.
1 = Timer counts when the Timer Input signal is Low (0) and interrupts are generated
on the rising edge of the Timer Input.
Capture/Compare mode
0 = Counting is started on the first rising edge of the Timer Input signal. The current
count is captured on subsequent rising edges of the Timer Input signal.
1 = Counting is started on the first falling edge of the Timer Input signal. The current
count is captured on subsequent falling edges of the Timer Input signal.

Z8 Encore!®
92
PRES—Prescale value.
The timer input clock is divided by 2PRES, where PRES can be set from 0 to 7. The
prescaler is reset each time the Timer is disabled. This insures proper clock division
each time the Timer is restarted.
000 = Divide by 1
001 = Divide by 2
010 = Divide by 4
011 = Divide by 8
100 = Divide by 16
101 = Divide by 32
110 = Divide by 64
111 = Divide by 128
TMODE—Timer mode
000 = One-Shot mode
010 = Counter mode
011 = PWM mode
100 = Capture mode
101 = Compare mode
110 = Gated mode

Z8 Encore!®
93
Watch-Dog Timer
Overview
The Watch-Dog Timer (WDT) helps protect against corrupt or unreliable software, power
faults, and other system-level problems which may place the Z8 Encore!® into unsuitable
operating states. The Watch-Dog Timer includes the following features:
• On-chip RC oscillator
• A selectable time-out response: Short Reset or interrupt
• 24-bit programmable time-out value
Operation
The Watch-Dog Timer (WDT) is a retriggerable one-shot timer that resets or interrupts the
Z8F642x family device when the WDT reaches its terminal count. The Watch-Dog Timer
uses its own dedicated on-chip RC oscillator as its clock source. The Watch-Dog Timer
has only two modes of operation—on and off. Once enabled, it always counts and must be
refreshed to prevent a time-out. An enable can be performed by executing the WDT
instruction or by setting the WDT_AO Option Bit. The WDT_AO bit enables the Watch-Dog
Timer to operate all the time, even if a WDT instruction has not been executed.
The Watch-Dog Timer is a 24-bit reloadable downcounter that uses three 8-bit registers in
the eZ8 CPU register space to set the reload value. The nominal WDT time-out period is
WDT Time-out Period (ms) = WDT Reload Value-

-------------------------------------------------
10
where the WDT reload value is the decimal value of the 24-bit value given by
{WDTU[7:0], WDTH[7:0], WDTL[7:0]} and the typical Watch-Dog Timer RC oscillator
frequency is 10kHz. The Watch-Dog Timer cannot be refreshed once it reaches 000002H.
The WDT Reload Value must not be set to values below 000004H. Table 46 provides
information on approximate time-out delays for the minimum and maximum WDT reload
values.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Watch-Dog Timer

Z8 Encore!®
94
Table 46. Watch-Dog Timer Approximate Time-Out Delays
Approximate Time-Out Delay

WDT Reload Value WDT Reload Value (with 10kHz typical WDT oscillator frequency)
(Hex) (Decimal) Typical Description

000004 4 400µs Minimum time-out delay
FFFFFF 16,777,215 1677.5s Maximum time-out delay
Watch-Dog Timer Refresh

When first enabled, the Watch-Dog Timer is loaded with the value in the Watch-Dog
Timer Reload registers. The Watch-Dog Timer then counts down to 000000H unless a
WDT instruction is executed by the eZ8 CPU. Execution of the WDT instruction causes
the downcounter to be reloaded with the WDT Reload value stored in the Watch-Dog
Timer Reload registers. Counting resumes following the reload operation.
When the Z8F642x family device is operating in Debug Mode (via the On-Chip Debug-
ger), the Watch-Dog Timer is continuously refreshed to prevent spurious Watch-Dog
Timer time-outs.
Watch-Dog Timer Time-Out Response

The Watch-Dog Timer times out when the counter reaches 000000H. A time-out of the
Watch-Dog Timer generates either an interrupt or a Short Reset. The WDT_RES Option Bit
determines the time-out response of the Watch-Dog Timer. Refer to the Option Bits chap-
ter for information regarding programming of the WDT_RES Option Bit.
WDT Interrupt in Normal Operation

If configured to generate an interrupt when a time-out occurs, the Watch-Dog Timer issues
an interrupt request to the interrupt controller and sets the WDT status bit in the Watch-Dog
Timer Control register. If interrupts are enabled, the eZ8 CPU responds to the interrupt
request by fetching the Watch-Dog Timer interrupt vector and executing code from the
vector address. After time-out and interrupt generation, the Watch-Dog Timer counter
rolls over to its maximum value of FFFFFH and continues counting. The Watch-Dog
Timer counter is not automatically returned to its Reload Value.
WDT Interrupt in STOP Mode

If configured to generate an interrupt when a time-out occurs and the Z8F642x family
device is in STOP mode, the Watch-Dog Timer automatically initiates a STOP Mode
Recovery and generates an interrupt request. Both the WDT status bit and the STOP bit in
the Watch-Dog Timer Control register are set to 1 following WDT time-out in STOP

Z8 Encore!®
95
mode. Refer to the Reset and STOP Mode Recovery chapter for more information on
STOP Mode Recovery.
If interrupts are enabled, following completion of the STOP Mode Recovery the eZ8 CPU
responds to the interrupt request by fetching the Watch-Dog Timer interrupt vector and
executing code from the vector address.
WDT Reset in Normal Operation

If configured to generate a Reset when a time-out occurs, the Watch-Dog Timer forces the
device into the Short Reset state. The WDT status bit in the Watch-Dog Timer Control reg-
ister is set to 1. Refer to the Reset and STOP Mode Recovery chapter for more informa-
tion on Short Reset.
WDT Reset in STOP Mode

If enabled in STOP mode and configured to generate a Reset when a time-out occurs and
the device is in STOP mode, the Watch-Dog Timer initiates a STOP Mode Recovery. Both
the WDT status bit and the STOP bit in the Watch-Dog Timer Control register are set to 1
following WDT time-out in STOP mode. Refer to the Reset and STOP Mode Recovery
chapter for more information. Default operation is for the WDT and its RC oscillator to be
enabled during STOP mode.
To minimize power consumption in STOP Mode, the WDT and its RC oscillator can be
disabled in STOP mode. The following sequence configures the WDT to be disabled when
the Z8F642x family device enters STOP Mode following execution of a STOP instruction:
1. Write 55H to the Watch-Dog Timer Control register (WDTCTL).
2. Write AAH to the Watch-Dog Timer Control register (WDTCTL).
3. Write 81H to the Watch-Dog Timer Control register (WDTCTL) to configure the
WDT and its oscillator to be disabled during STOP Mode. Alternatively, write 00H to
the Watch-Dog Timer Control register (WDTCTL) as the third step in this sequence to
reconfigure the WDT and its oscillator to be enabled during STOP Mode.
This sequence only affects WDT operation in STOP mode.
Watch-Dog Timer Reload Unlock Sequence

Writing the unlock sequence to the Watch-Dog Timer (WDTCTL) Control register address
unlocks the three Watch-Dog Timer Reload Byte registers (WDTU, WDTH, and WDTL)
to allow changes to the time-out period. These write operations to the WDTCTL register
address produce no effect on the bits in the WDTCTL register. The locking mechanism
prevents spurious writes to the Reload registers. The follow sequence is required to unlock
the Watch-Dog Timer Reload Byte registers (WDTU, WDTH, and WDTL) for write
access.
1. Write 55H to the Watch-Dog Timer Control register (WDTCTL).

Z8 Encore!®
96
2. Write AAH to the Watch-Dog Timer Control register (WDTCTL).

3. Write the Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper Byte register (WDTU).
4. Write the Watch-Dog Timer Reload High Byte register (WDTH).
5. Write the Watch-Dog Timer Reload Low Byte register (WDTL).
All steps of the Watch-Dog Timer Reload Unlock sequence must be written in the order
just listed. There must be no other register writes between each of these operations. If a
register write occurs, the lock state machine resets and no further writes can occur, unless
the sequence is restarted. The value in the Watch-Dog Timer Reload registers is loaded
into the counter when the Watch-Dog Timer is first enabled and every time a WDT
instruction is executed.
Watch-Dog Timer Control Register Definitions
Watch-Dog Timer Control Register

The Watch-Dog Timer Control (WDTCTL) register, detailed in Table 47, is a Read-Only
register that indicates the source of the most recent Reset event, indicates a STOP Mode
Recovery event, and indicates a Watch-Dog Timer time-out. Reading this register resets
the upper four bits to 0.
Writing the 55H, AAH unlock sequence to the Watch-Dog Timer Control (WDTCTL) reg-
ister address unlocks the three Watch-Dog Timer Reload Byte registers (WDTU, WDTH,
and WDTL) to allow changes to the time-out period. These write operations to the
WDTCTL register address produce no effect on the bits in the WDTCTL register. The
locking mechanism prevents spurious writes to the Reload registers.
Table 47. Watch-Dog Timer Control Register (WDTCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD POR STOP WDT EXT Reserved SM
RESET See descriptions below 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR FF0H

Z8 Encore!®
97
Reset or STOP Mode Recovery Event POR STOP WDT EXT

Power-On Reset 1 0 0 0
Reset using RESET pin assertion 0 0 0 1
Reset using Watch-Dog Timer time-out 0 0 1 0
Reset using the On-Chip Debugger (OCDCTL[1] set to 1) 1 0 0 0
Reset from STOP Mode using DBG Pin driven Low 1 0 0 0
STOP Mode Recovery using GPIO pin transition 0 1 0 0
STOP Mode Recovery using Watch-Dog Timer time-out 0 1 1 0
POR—Power-On Reset Indicator

If this bit is set to 1, a Power-On Reset event occurred. This bit is reset to 0 if a WDT time-
out or STOP Mode Recovery occurs. This bit is also reset to 0 when the register is read.
STOP—STOP Mode Recovery Indicator
If this bit is set to 1, a STOP Mode Recovery occurred. If the STOP and WDT bits are both
set to 1, the STOP Mode Recovery occurred due to a WDT time-out. If the STOP bit is 1
and the WDT bit is 0, the STOP Mode Recovery was not caused by a WDT time-out. This
bit is reset by a Power-On Reset or a WDT time-out that occurred while not in STOP
mode. Reading this register also resets this bit.
WDT—Watch-Dog Timer Time-Out Indicator
If this bit is set to 1, a WDT time-out occurred. A Power-On Reset resets this pin. A STOP
Mode Recovery from a change in an input pin also resets this bit. Reading this register
resets this bit.
EXT—External Reset Indicator
If this bit is set to 1, a Reset initiated by the external RESET pin occurred. A Power-On
Reset or a STOP Mode Recovery from a change in an input pin resets this bit. Reading this
register resets this bit.
Reserved
These bits are reserved and must be 0.
SM—STOP Mode Configuration Indicator
0 = Watch-Dog Timer and its internal RC oscillator will continue to operate in STOP
Mode.
1 = Watch-Dog Timer and its internal RC oscillator will be disabled in STOP Mode.
Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper, High and Low Byte Registers

The Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper, High and Low Byte (WDTU, WDTH, WDTL) reg-
isters (Tables 48 through 50) form the 24-bit reload value that is loaded into the Watch-
Dog Timer when a WDT instruction executes. The 24-bit reload value is {WDTU[7:0],
WDTH[7:0], WDTL[7:0]}. Writing to these registers sets the desired Reload Value. Read-
ing from these registers returns the current Watch-Dog Timer count value.

Z8 Encore!®
98
Caution: The 24-bit WDT Reload Value must not be set to a value less than
000004H.
Table 48. Watch-Dog Timer Reload Upper Byte Register (WDTU)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD WDTU
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R/W R/W* R/W* R/W* R/W* R/W* R/W* R/W* R/W*
ADDR FF1H
R/W* - Read returns the current WDT count value. Write sets the desired Reload Value.
WDTU—WDT Reload Upper Byte

Most significant byte (MSB), Bits[23:16], of the 24-bit WDT reload value.
Table 49. Watch-Dog Timer Reload High Byte Register (WDTH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD WDTH
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR FF2H
WDTH—WDT Reload High Byte

Middle byte, Bits[15:8], of the 24-bit WDT reload value.

Z8 Encore!®
99
Table 50. Watch-Dog Timer Reload Low Byte Register (WDTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD WDTL
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR FF3H
WDTL—WDT Reload Low

Least significant byte (LSB), Bits[7:0], of the 24-bit WDT reload value.

Z8 Encore!®
100
UART
Overview
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) is a full-duplex communica-
tion channel capable of handling asynchronous data transfers. The UART uses a single
8-bit data mode with selectable parity. Features of the UART include:
• 8-bit asynchronous data transfer
• Selectable even- and odd-parity generation and checking
• Option of one or two Stop bits
• Separate transmit and receive interrupts
• Framing, parity, overrun and break detection
• Separate transmit and receive enables
• 16-bit Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
• Selectable Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode with three configurable interrupt schemes
• Baud Rate Generator timer mode
• Driver Enable output for external bus transceivers
Architecture
The UART consists of three primary functional blocks: transmitter, receiver, and baud rate
generator. The UART’s transmitter and receiver function independently, but employ the
same baud rate and data format. Figure 13 illustrates the UART architecture.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary UART

Z8 Encore!®
101
Parity Checker
Receiver Control
with address compare
RXD
Receive Shifter
Receive Data
Register Control Registers
System Bus
Transmit Data
Register Status Register Baud Rate
Generator
Transmit Shift
TXD Register
Transmitter Control
Parity Generator
CTS
DE
Figure 13. UART Block Diagram
Operation
Data Format
The UART always transmits and receives data in an 8-bit data format, least-significant bit
first. An even or odd parity bit can be optionally added to the data stream. Each character
begins with an active Low Start bit and ends with either 1 or 2 active High Stop bits.
Figures 14 and 15 illustrates the asynchronous data format employed by the UART with-
out parity and with parity, respectively.

Z8 Encore!®
102
Data Field Stop Bit(s)

Idle State
of Line lsb msb
1
Start Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7
0
Figure 14. UART Asynchronous Data Format without Parity

Idle State
of Line lsb msb
1
Start Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7 Parity
0
Figure 15. UART Asynchronous Data Format with Parity
Transmitting Data using the Polled Method

Follow these steps to transmit data using the polled method of operation:
1. Write to the UART Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers to set the desired baud
rate.
2. Enable the UART pin functions by configuring the associated GPIO Port pins for
alternate function operation.
3. If multiprocessor mode is desired, write to the UART Control 1 register to enable
Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode functions.
– Set the Multiprocessor Mode Select (MPEN) to Enable Multiprocessor mode.
4. Write to the UART Control 0 register to:
– Set the transmit enable bit (TEN) to enable the UART for data transmission
– If parity is desired and multiprocessor mode is not enabled, set the parity enable
bit (PEN) and select either even or odd parity (PSEL).

Z8 Encore!®
103
– Set or clear the CTSE bit to enable or disable control from the remote receiver
using the CTS pin.
5. Check the TDRE bit in the UART Status 0 register to determine if the Transmit Data
register is empty (indicated by a 1). If empty, continue to Step 6. If the Transmit Data
register is full (indicated by a 0), continue to monitor the TDRE bit until the Transmit
Data register becomes available to receive new data.
6. Write the UART Control 1 register to select the outgoing address bit.
– Set the Multiprocessor Bit Transmitter (MPBT) if sending an address byte, clear it
if sending a data byte.
7. Write the data byte to the UART Transmit Data register. The transmitter automatically
transfers the data to the Transmit Shift register and transmits the data.
8. If desired and multiprocessor mode is enabled, make any changes to the
Multiprocessor Bit Transmitter (MPBT) value.
9. To transmit additional bytes, return to Step 5.
Transmitting Data using the Interrupt-Driven Method

The UART Transmitter interrupt indicates the availability of the Transmit Data register to
accept new data for transmission. Follow these steps to configure the UART for interrupt-
driven data transmission:
rate.
3. Execute a DI instruction to disable interrupts.
4. Write to the Interrupt control registers to enable the UART Transmitter interrupt and
set the desired priority.
5. If multiprocessor mode is desired, write to the UART Control 1 register to enable
Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode functions.
– Set the transmit enable bit (TEN) to enable the UART for data transmission
– Enable parity, if desired and if multiprocessor mode is not enabled, and select
either even or odd parity.
– Set or clear the CTSE bit to enable or disable control from the remote receiver via
the CTS pin.
7. Execute an EI instruction to enable interrupts.

Z8 Encore!®
104
The UART is now configured for interrupt-driven data transmission. Because the UART
Transmit Data register is empty, an interrupt is generated immediately. When the UART
Transmit interrupt is detected, the associated interrupt service routine (ISR) performs the
following:
1. Write the UART Control 1 register to select the outgoing address bit:
– Set the Multiprocessor Bit Transmitter (MPBT) if sending an address byte, clear it
if sending a data byte.
2. Write the data byte to the UART Transmit Data register. The transmitter automatically
transfers the data to the Transmit Shift register and transmits the data.
3. Clear the UART Transmit interrupt bit in the applicable Interrupt Request register.
4. Execute the IRET instruction to return from the interrupt-service routine and wait for
the Transmit Data register to again become empty.
Receiving Data using the Polled Method

Follow these steps to configure the UART for polled data reception:
rate.
3. Write to the UART Control 1 register to enable Multiprocessor mode functions, if
desired.
– Set the receive enable bit (REN) to enable the UART for data reception
5. Check the RDA bit in the UART Status 0 register to determine if the Receive Data
register contains a valid data byte (indicated by a 1). If RDA is set to 1 to indicate
available data, continue to Step 5. If the Receive Data register is empty (indicated by a
0), continue to monitor the RDA bit awaiting reception of the valid data.
6. Read data from the UART Receive Data register. If operating in Multiprocessor (9-bit)
mode, further actions may be required depending on the Multiprocessor Mode bits
MPMD[1:0].
7. Return to Step 4 to receive additional data.
Receiving Data using the Interrupt-Driven Method

The UART Receiver interrupt indicates the availability of new data (as well as error con-
ditions). Follow these steps to configure the UART receiver for interrupt-driven operation:

Z8 Encore!®
105
rate.
3. Execute a DI instruction to disable interrupts.
4. Write to the Interrupt control registers to enable the UART Receiver interrupt and set
the desired priority.
5. Clear the UART Receiver interrupt in the applicable Interrupt Request register.
6. Write to the UART Control 1 Register to enable Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode
functions, if desired.
– Set the Multiprocessor Mode Bits, MPMD[1:0], to select the desired address
matching scheme.
– Configure the UART to interrupt on received data and errors or errors only
(interrupt on errors only is unlikely to be useful for Z8 Encore! devices without a
DMA block)
7. Write the device address to the Address Compare Register (automatic multiprocessor
modes only).
– Set the receive enable bit (REN) to enable the UART for data reception
9. Execute an EI instruction to enable interrupts.
The UART is now configured for interrupt-driven data reception. When the UART
Receiver interrupt is detected, the associated interrupt service routine (ISR) performs the
following:
1. Check the UART Status 0 register to determine the source of the interrupt - error,
break, or received data.
2. If the interrupt was due to data available, read the data from the UART Receive Data
register. If operating in Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode, further actions may be required
depending on the Multiprocessor Mode bits MPMD[1:0].
3. Clear the UART Receiver interrupt in the applicable Interrupt Request register.
4. Execute the IRET instruction to return from the interrupt-service routine and await
more data.

Z8 Encore!®
106
Clear To Send (CTS) Operation

The CTS pin, if enabled by the CTSE bit of the UART Control 0 register, performs flow
control on the outgoing transmit datastream. The Clear To Send (CTS) input pin is sam-
pled one system clock before beginning any new character transmission. To delay trans-
mission of the next data character, an external receiver must deassert CTS at least one
system clock cycle before a new data transmission begins. For multiple character trans-
missions, this would typically be done during Stop Bit transmission. If CTS deasserts in
the middle of a character transmission, the current character is sent completely.
Multiprocessor (9-bit) Mode

The UART has a Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode that uses an extra (9th) bit for selective
communication when a number of processors share a common UART bus. In Multiproces-
sor mode (also referred to as 9-Bit mode), the multiprocessor bit (MP) is transmitted
immediately following the 8-bits of data and immediately preceding the Stop bit(s) as
illustrated in Figure 16. The character format is:

Idle State
of Line lsb msb
1
Start Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7 MP
0
Figure 16. UART Asynchronous Multiprocessor Mode Data Format
In Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode, the Parity bit location (9th bit) becomes the Multiproces-
sor control bit. The UART Control 1 and Status 1 registers provide Multiprocessor (9-bit)
mode control and status information. If an automatic address matching scheme is enabled,
the UART Address Compare register holds the network address of the device.
Multiprocessor (9-bit) Mode Receive Interrupts

When multiprocessor mode is enabled, the UART will only process frames addressed to it.
The determination of whether a frame of data is addressed to the UART can be made in
hardware, software or some combination of the two, depending on the multiprocessor con-
figuration bits. In general, the address compare feature reduces the load on the CPU, since
it does not need to access the UART when it receives data directed to other devices on the
multi-node network. The following three multi-processor modes are available in hard-
ware:

Z8 Encore!®
107
• Interrupt on all address bytes

• Interrupt on matched address bytes and correctly framed data bytes
• Interrupt only on correctly framed data bytes
These modes are selected with MPMD[1:0] in the UART Control 1 Register. For all mul-
tiprocessor modes, bit MPEN of the UART Control 1 Register must be set to 1.
The first scheme is enabled by writing 01b to MPMD[1:0]. In this mode, all incoming
address bytes cause an interrupt, while data bytes never cause an interrupt. The interrupt
service routine must manually check the address byte that caused triggered the interrupt. If
it matches the UART address, the software should clear MPMD[0]. At this point, each
new incoming byte will interrupt the CPU. The software is then responsible for determin-
ing the end of the frame. It will check for this by reading the MPRX bit of the UART Status
1 Register for each incoming byte. If MPRX=1, then a new frame has begun. If the address
of this new frame is different from the UART’s address, then MPMD[0] should be set to 1
causing the UART interrupts to go inactive until the next address byte. If the new frame’s
address matches the UART’s, then the data in the new frame should be processed as well.
Setting MPMD[1:0] to 10b and writing the UART’s address into the UART Address
Compare Register. This mode introduces more hardware control, interrupting only on
frames that match the UART’s address. When an incoming address byte does not match
the UART’s address, it is ignored. All successive data bytes in this frame are also ignored.
When a matching address byte occurs, an interrupt is issued and further interrupts will
now occur on each succesive data byte. The first data byte in the frame will have the
NEWFRM=1 in the UART Status 1 Register. When the next address byte occurs, the hard-
ware will compare it to the UART’s address. If there is a match, the interrupts will con-
tinue and the NEWFRM bit will be set for the first byte of the new frame. If there is no
match, then the UART to ignore all incoming bytes until the next address match.
The third scheme is enabled by setting MPMD[1:0] to 11b and by writing the UART’s
address into the UART Address Compare Register. This mode is identical to the second
scheme, except that there are no interrupts on address bytes. The first data byte of each
frame is still accompanied by a NEWFRM assertion.
External Driver Enable

The UART provides a Driver Enable (DE) signal for off-chip bus transceivers. This fea-
ture reduces the software overhead associated with using a GPIO pin to control the trans-
ceiver when communicating on a multi-transceiver bus, such as RS-485.
Driver Enable is an active High signal that envelopes the entire transmitted data frame
including parity and Stop bits as illustrated in Figure 17. The Driver Enable signal asserts
when a byte is written to the UART Transmit Data register. The Driver Enable signal
asserts at least one UART bit period and no greater than two UART bit periods before the
Start bit is transmitted. This allows a setup time to enable the transceiver. The Driver
Enable signal deasserts one system clock period after the last Stop bit is transmitted. This

Z8 Encore!®
108
one system clock delay allows both time for data to clear the transceiver before disabling
it, as well as the ability to determine if another character follows the current character. In
the event of back to back characters (new data must be written to the Transmit Data Regis-
ter before the previous character is completely transmitted) the DE signal is not deasserted
between characters. The DEPOL bit in the UART Control Register 1 sets the polarity of
the Driver Enable signal.
1
DE
0
Data Field Stop Bit

Idle State
of Line lsb msb
1
Start Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Bit7 Parity
0
Figure 17. UART Driver Enable Signal Timing (shown with 1 Stop Bit and Parity)
The Driver Enable to Start bit setup time is calculated as follows:
⎛ ------------------------------------
1 -⎞ ≤ DE to Start Bit Setup Time (s) ≤ ⎛ ------------------------------------
2 -⎞
⎝ Baud Rate (Hz)⎠ ⎝ Baud Rate (Hz)⎠
UART Interrupts
The UART features separate interrupts for the transmitter and the receiver. In addition,
when the UART primary functionality is disabled, the Baud Rate Generator can also func-
tion as a basic timer with interrupt capability.
Transmitter Interrupts
The transmitter generates a single interrupt when the Transmit Data Register Empty bit
(TDRE) is set to 1. This indicates that the transmitter is ready to accept new data for trans-
mission. The TDRE interrupt occurs after the Transmit shift register has shifted the first
bit of data out. At this point, the Transmit Data register may be written with the next char-
acter to send. This provides 7 bit periods of latency to load the Transmit Data register
before the Transmit shift register completes shifting the current character. Writing to the
UART Transmit Data register clears the TDRE bit to 0.

Z8 Encore!®
109
Receiver Interrupts
The receiver generates an interrupt when any of the following occurs:
• A data byte has been received and is available in the UART Receive Data register.
This interrupt can be disabled independent of the other receiver interrupt sources. The
received data interrupt occurs once the receive character has been received and placed
in the Receive Data register. Software must respond to this received data available
condition before the next character is completely received to avoid an overrun error.
Note that in multiprocessor mode (MPEN = 1), the receive data interrupts are
dependent on the multiprocessor configuration and the most recent address byte.
• A break is received
• An overrun is detected
• A data framing error is detected
UART Overrun Errors

When an overrun error condition occurs the UART prevents overwriting of the valid data
currently in the Receive Data register. The Break Detect and Overrun status bits are not
displayed until after the valid data has been read.
After the valid data has been read, the UART Status 0 register is updated to indicate the
overrun condition (and Break Detect, if applicable). The RDA bit is set to 1 to indicate that
the Receive Data register contains a data byte. However, because the overrun error
occurred, this byte may not contain valid data and should be ignored. The BRKD bit indi-
cates if the overrun was caused by a break condition on the line. After reading the status
byte indicating an overrun error, the Receive Data register must be read again to clear the
error bits is the UART Status 0 register. Updates to the Receive Data register occur only
when the next data word is received.

Z8 Encore!®
110
UART Data and Error Handling Procedure

Figure 18 illustrates the recommended procedure for use in UART receiver interrupt ser-
vice routines.
Receiver
Ready
Receiver
Interrupt
Read Status
No
Errors?
Yes
Read Data which

clears RDA bit and
resets error bits
Read Data Discard Data
Figure 18. UART Receiver Interrupt Service Routine Flow
Baud Rate Generator Interrupts

If the Baud Rate Generator (BRG) interrupt enable is set, the UART Receiver interrupt
asserts when the UART Baud Rate Generator reloads. This action allows the Baud Rate
Generator to function as an additional counter if the UART functionality is not employed.
UART Baud Rate Generator

The UART Baud Rate Generator creates a lower frequency baud rate clock for data trans-
mission. The input to the Baud Rate Generator is the system clock. The UART Baud Rate

Z8 Encore!®
111
High and Low Byte registers combine to create a 16-bit baud rate divisor value
(BRG[15:0]) that sets the data transmission rate (baud rate) of the UART. The UART data
rate is calculated using the following equation:
System Clock Frequency (Hz) -
UART Data Rate (bits/s) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 × UART Baud Rate Divisor Value
When the UART is disabled, the Baud Rate Generator can function as a basic 16-bit timer
with interrupt on time-out. To configure the Baud Rate Generator as a timer with interrupt
on time-out, complete the following procedure:
1. Disable the UART by clearing the REN and TEN bits in the UART Control 0 register
to 0.
2. Load the desired 16-bit count value into the UART Baud Rate High and Low Byte
registers.
3. Enable the Baud Rate Generator timer function and associated interrupt by setting the
BIRQ bit in the UART Control 1 register to 1.
UART Control Register Definitions

The UART control registers support the UART and the associated Infrared Encoder/
Decoders. For more information on the infrared operation, refer to the Infrared Encoder/
Decoder chapter on page 121.
UART Transmit Data Register

Data bytes written to the UART Transmit Data register (Table 51) are shifted out on the
TXDx pin. The Write-only UART Transmit Data register shares a Register File address
with the Read-only UART Receive Data register.
Table 51. UART Transmit Data Register (UxTXD)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TXD
R/W W W W W W W W W
ADDR F40H and F48H
TXD—Transmit Data
UART transmitter data byte to be shifted out through the TXDx pin.

Z8 Encore!®
112
UART Receive Data Register

Data bytes received through the RXDx pin are stored in the UART Receive Data register
(Table 52). The Read-only UART Receive Data register shares a Register File address
with the Write-only UART Transmit Data register.
Table 52. UART Receive Data Register (UxRXD)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD RXD
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR F40H and F48H
RXD—Receive Data
UART receiver data byte from the RXDx pin
UART Status 0 Register

The UART Status 0 and Status 1 registers (Table 53 and 54) identify the current UART
operating configuration and status.
Table 53. UART Status 0 Register (UxSTAT0)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD RDA PE OE FE BRKD TDRE TXE CTS
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 X
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR F41H and F49H
RDA—Receive Data Available

This bit indicates that the UART Receive Data register has received data. Reading the
UART Receive Data register clears this bit.
0 = The UART Receive Data register is empty.
1 = There is a byte in the UART Receive Data register.
PE—Parity Error
This bit indicates that a parity error has occurred. Reading the UART Receive Data regis-
ter clears this bit.

Z8 Encore!®
113
0 = No parity error has occurred.

1 = A parity error has occurred.
OE—Overrun Error
This bit indicates that an overrun error has occurred. An overrun occurs when new data is
received and the UART Receive Data register has not been read. If the RDA bit is reset to
0, then reading the UART Receive Data register clears this bit.
0 = No overrun error occurred.
1 = An overrun error occurred.
FE—Framing Error
This bit indicates that a framing error (no Stop bit following data reception) was detected.
Reading the UART Receive Data register clears this bit.
0 = No framing error occurred.
1 = A framing error occurred.
BRKD—Break Detect
This bit indicates that a break occurred. If the data bits, parity/multiprocessor bit, and Stop
bit(s) are all zeros then this bit is set to 1. Reading the UART Receive Data register clears
this bit.
0 = No break occurred.
1 = A break occurred.
TDRE—Transmitter Data Register Empty
This bit indicates that the UART Transmit Data register is empty and ready for additional
data. Writing to the UART Transmit Data register resets this bit.
0 = Do not write to the UART Transmit Data register.
1 = The UART Transmit Data register is ready to receive an additional byte to be transmit-
ted.
TXE—Transmitter Empty
This bit indicates that the transmit shift register is empty and character transmission is fin-
ished.
0 = Data is currently transmitting.
1 = Transmission is complete.

Z8 Encore!®
114
CTS—CTS signal
When this bit is read it returns the level of the CTS signal.
UART Status 1 Register

This register contains multiprocessor control and status bits.
Table 54. UART Status 1 Register (UxSTAT1)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD Reserved NEWFRM MPRX
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R/W R/W R R
ADDR F44H and F4CH
Reserved—Must be 0.
NEWFRM—Status bit denoting the start of a new frame. Reading the UART Receive
Data register resets this bit to 0.
0 = The current byte is not the first data byte of a new frame.
1 = The current byte is the first data byte of a new frame.
MPRX—Multiprocessor Receive
Returns the value of the last multiprocessor bit received. Reading from the UART Receive
Data register resets this bit to 0.
UART Control 0 and Control 1 Registers

The UART Control 0 and Control 1 registers (Tables 55 and 56) configure the properties
of the UART’s transmit and receive operations. The UART Control registers must not
been written while the UART is enabled.
Table 55. UART Control 0 Register (UxCTL0)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TEN REN CTSE PEN PSEL SBRK STOP LBEN
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F42H and F4AH

Z8 Encore!®
115
TEN—Transmit Enable
This bit enables or disables the transmitter. The enable is also controlled by the CTS signal
and the CTSE bit. If the CTS signal is low and the CTSE bit is 1, the transmitter is
enabled.
0 = Transmitter disabled.
1 = Transmitter enabled.
REN—Receive Enable
This bit enables or disables the receiver.
0 = Receiver disabled.
1 = Receiver enabled.
CTSE—CTS Enable
0 = The CTS signal has no effect on the transmitter.
1 = The UART recognizes the CTS signal as an enable control from the transmitter.
PEN—Parity Enable
This bit enables or disables parity. Even or odd is determined by the PSEL bit.
0 = Parity is disabled.
1 = The transmitter sends data with an additional parity bit and the receiver receives an
additional parity bit.
PSEL—Parity Select
0 = Even parity is transmitted and expected on all received data.
1 = Odd parity is transmitted and expected on all received data.
SBRK—Send Break
This bit pauses or breaks data transmission. Sending a break interrupts any transmission in
progress, so ensure that the transmitter has finished sending data before setting this bit.
0 = No break is sent.
1 = The output of the transmitter is zero.
STOP—Stop Bit Select
0 = The transmitter sends one stop bit.
1 = The transmitter sends two stop bits.

Z8 Encore!®
116
LBEN—Loop Back Enable

0 = Normal operation.
1 = All transmitted data is looped back to the receiver.
Table 56. UART Control 1 Register (UxCTL1)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD MPMD[1] MPEN MPMD[0] MPBT DEPOL BRGCTL RDAIRQ IREN
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F43H and F4BH
MPMD[1:0]—Multiprocessor Mode
If Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode is enabled,
00 = The UART generates an interrupt request on all received bytes (data and address).
01 = The UART generates an interrupt request only on received address bytes.
10 = The UART generates an interrupt request when a received address byte matches the
value stored in the Address Compare Register and on all successive data bytes until an
address mismatch occurs.
11 = The UART generates an interrupt request on all received data bytes for which the
most recent address byte matched the value in the Address Compare Register.
MPEN—Multiprocessor (9-bit) Enable
This bit is used to enable Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode.
0 = Disable Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode.
1 = Enable Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode.
MPBT—Multiprocessor Bit Transmit
This bit is applicable only when Multiprocessor (9-bit) mode is enabled.
0 = Send a 0 in the multiprocessor bit location of the data stream (9th bit).
1 = Send a 1 in the multiprocessor bit location of the data stream (9th bit).
DEPOL—Driver Enable Polarity
0 = DE signal is Active High.
1 = DE signal is Active Low.
BRGCTL—Baud Rate Control
This bit causes different UART behavior depending on whether the UART receiver is
enabled (REN = 1 in the UART Control 0 Register).
When the UART receiver is not enabled, this bit determines whether the Baud Rate Gener-
ator will issue interrupts.
0 = Reads from the Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers return the BRG Reload Value
1 = The Baud Rate Generator generates a receive interrupt when it counts down to zero.

Z8 Encore!®
117
Reads from the Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers return the current BRG count
value.
When the UART receiver is enabled, this bit allows reads from the Baud Rate Registers to
return the BRG count value instead of the Reload Value.
0 = Reads from the Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers return the BRG Reload Value.
1 = Reads from the Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers return the current BRG count
value. Unlike the Timers, there is no mechanism to latch the High Byte when the Low
Byte is read.
RDAIRQ—Receive Data Interrupt Enable
0 = Received data and receiver errors generates an interrupt request to the Interrupt Con-
troller.
1 = Received data does not generate an interrupt request to the Interrupt Controller. Only
receiver errors generate an interrupt request.
IREN—Infrared Encoder/Decoder Enable
0 = Infrared Encoder/Decoder is disabled. UART operates normally operation.
1 = Infrared Encoder/Decoder is enabled. The UART transmits and receives data through
the Infrared Encoder/Decoder.
UART Address Compare Register

The UART Address Compare register (Table 57) stores the multi-node network address of
the UART. When the MPMD[1] bit of UART Control Register 0 is set, all incoming
address bytes will be compared to the value stored in the Address Compare register.
Receive interrupts and RDA assertions will only occur in the event of a match.
Table 57. UART Address Compare Register (UxADDR)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD COMP_ADDR
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F45H and F4DH
COMP_ADDR—Compare Address
This 8-bit value is compared to the any incoming address bytes.

Z8 Encore!®
118
UART Baud Rate High and Low Byte Registers

The UART Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers (Tables 58 and 59) combine to create
a 16-bit baud rate divisor value (BRG[15:0]) that sets the data transmission rate (baud
rate) of the UART.
Table 58. UART Baud Rate High Byte Register (UxBRH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD BRH
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR F46H and F4EH
Table 59. UART Baud Rate Low Byte Register (UxBRL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD BRL
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/w
ADDR F47H and F4FH
The UART data rate is calculated using the following equation:

System Clock Frequency (Hz) -
UART Baud Rate (bits/s) = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For a given UART data rate, the integer baud rate divisor value is calculated using the fol-
lowing equation:
UART Baud Rate Divisor Value (BRG) = Round ⎛ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------⎞
⎝ 16 × UART Data Rate (bits/s) ⎠
The baud rate error relative to the desired baud rate is calculated using the following equa-
tion:
UART Baud Rate Error (%) = 100 × ⎛ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------⎞

Actual Data Rate – Desired Data Rate
⎝ Desired Data Rate ⎠

Z8 Encore!®
119
For reliable communication, the UART baud rate error must never exceed 5 percent.
Table 60 provides information on data rate errors for popular baud rates and commonly
used crystal oscillator frequencies.
Table 60. UART Baud Rates
10.0 MHz System Clock 5.5296 MHz System Clock
Desired Rate BRG Divisor Actual Rate Error Desired Rate BRG Divisor Actual Rate Error
(kHz) (Decimal) (kHz) (%) (kHz) (Decimal) (kHz) (%)

1250.0 N/A N/A N/A 1250.0 N/A N/A N/A
625.0 1 625.0 0.00 625.0 N/A N/A N/A
250.0 3 208.33 -16.67 250.0 1 345.6 38.24
115.2 5 125.0 8.51 115.2 3 115.2 0.00
57.6 11 56.8 -1.36 57.6 6 57.6 0.00
38.4 16 39.1 1.73 38.4 9 38.4 0.00
19.2 33 18.9 0.16 19.2 18 19.2 0.00
9.60 65 9.62 0.16 9.60 36 9.60 0.00
4.80 130 4.81 0.16 4.80 72 4.80 0.00
2.40 260 2.40 -0.03 2.40 144 2.40 0.00
1.20 521 1.20 -0.03 1.20 288 1.20 0.00
0.60 1042 0.60 -0.03 0.60 576 0.60 0.00
0.30 2083 0.30 0.2 0.30 1152 0.30 0.00
3.579545 MHz System Clock 1.8432 MHz System Clock
Desired Rate BRG Divisor Actual Rate Error Desired Rate BRG Divisor Actual Rate Error
(kHz) (Decimal) (kHz) (%) (kHz) (Decimal) (kHz) (%)

1250.0 N/A N/A N/A 1250.0 N/A N/A N/A
625.0 N/A N/A N/A 625.0 N/A N/A N/A
250.0 1 223.72 -10.51 250.0 N/A N/A N/A
115.2 2 111.9 -2.90 115.2 1 115.2 0.00
57.6 4 55.9 -2.90 57.6 2 57.6 0.00
38.4 6 37.3 -2.90 38.4 3 38.4 0.00
19.2 12 18.6 -2.90 19.2 6 19.2 0.00

Z8 Encore!®
120
Table 60. UART Baud Rates (Continued)
9.60 23 9.73 1.32 9.60 12 9.60 0.00

4.80 47 4.76 -0.83 4.80 24 4.80 0.00
2.40 93 2.41 0.23 2.40 48 2.40 0.00
1.20 186 1.20 0.23 1.20 96 1.20 0.00
0.60 373 0.60 -0.04 0.60 192 0.60 0.00
0.30 746 0.30 -0.04 0.30 384 0.30 0.00

Z8 Encore!®
121
Infrared Encoder/Decoder
Overview
The Z8F642x family products contain two fully-functional, high-performance UART to
Infrared Encoder/Decoders (Endecs). Each Infrared Endec is integrated with an on-chip
UART to allow easy communication between the Z8 Encore!® and IrDA Physical Layer
Specification, Version 1.3-compliant infrared transceivers. Infrared communication pro-
vides secure, reliable, low-cost, point-to-point communication between PCs, PDAs, cell
phones, printers and other infrared enabled devices.
Architecture
Figure 19 illustrates the architecture of the Infrared Endec.
System
Clock ZiLOG
ZHX1810
RxD RXD
RXD
TxD Infrared TXD
UART Encoder/Decoder TXD
Baud Rate (Endec) Infrared
Clock
Transceiver
Interrupt I/O Data

Signal Address
Figure 19. Infrared Data Communication System Block Diagram
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Infrared Encoder/Decoder

Z8 Encore!®
122
Operation
When the Infrared Endec is enabled, the transmit data from the associated on-chip UART
is encoded as digital signals in accordance with the IrDA standard and output to the infra-
red transceiver via the TXD pin. Likewise, data received from the infrared transceiver is
passed to the Infrared Endec via the RXD pin, decoded by the Infrared Endec, and then
passed to the UART. Communication is half-duplex, which means simultaneous data
transmission and reception is not allowed.
The baud rate is set by the UART’s Baud Rate Generator and supports IrDA standard baud
rates from 9600 baud to 115.2 Kbaud. Higher baud rates are possible, but do not meet
IrDA specifications. The UART must be enabled to use the Infrared Endec. The Infrared
Endec data rate is calculated using the following equation:

Infrared Data Rate (bits/s) = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transmitting IrDA Data

The data to be transmitted using the infrared transceiver is first sent to the UART. The
UART’s transmit signal (TXD) and baud rate clock are used by the IrDA to generate the
modulation signal (IR_TXD) that drives the infrared transceiver. Each UART/Infrared
data bit is 16-clocks wide. If the data to be transmitted is 1, the IR_TXD signal remains
low for the full 16-clock period. If the data to be transmitted is 0, a 3-clock high pulse is
output following a 7-clock low period. After the 3-clock high pulse, a 6-clock low pulse is
output to complete the full 16-clock data period. Figure 20 illustrates IrDA data transmis-
sion. When the Infrared Endec is enabled, the UART’s TXD signal is internal to the
Z8F642x family products while the IR_TXD signal is output through the TXD pin.

Z8 Encore!®
123
16-clock
period
Baud Rate
Clock
UART’s Start Bit = 0 Data Bit 0 = 1 Data Bit 1 = 0 Data Bit 2 = 1 Data Bit 3 = 1
TXD
3-clock
pulse
IR_TXD
7-clock
delay
Figure 20. Infrared Data Transmission
Receiving IrDA Data

Data received from the infrared transceiver via the IR_RXD signal through the RXD pin is
decoded by the Infrared Endec and passed to the UART. The UART’s baud rate clock is
used by the Infrared Endec to generate the demodulated signal (RXD) that drives the
UART. Each UART/Infrared data bit is 16-clocks wide. Figure 21 illustrates data recep-
tion. When the Infrared Endec is enabled, the UART’s RXD signal is internal to the
Z8F642x family products while the IR_RXD signal is received through the RXD pin.

Z8 Encore!®
124
16-clock
period
Baud Rate
Clock
Start Bit = 0 Data Bit 0 = 1 Data Bit 1 = 0 Data Bit 2 = 1 Data Bit 3 = 1
IR_RXD
min. 1.6µs
pulse
UART’s
RXD Start Bit = 0 Data Bit 0 = 1 Data Bit 1 = 0 Data Bit 2 = 1 Data Bit 3 = 1
8-clock
delay 16-clock 16-clock 16-clock 16-clock
period period period period
Figure 21. Infrared Data Reception
Caution: The system clock frequency must be at least 1.0MHz to ensure proper re-
ception of the 1.6µs minimum width pulses allowed by the IrDA standard.
Endec Receiver Synchronization

The IrDA receiver uses a local baud rate clock counter (0 to 15 clock periods) to generate
an input stream for the UART and to create a sampling window for detection of incoming
pulses. The generated UART input (UART RXD) is delayed by 8 baud rate clock periods
with respect to the incoming IrDA data stream. When a falling edge in the input data
stream is detected, the Endec counter is reset. When the count reaches a value of 8, the
UART RXD value is updated to reflect the value of the decoded data. When the count
reaches 12 baud clock periods, the sampling window for the next incoming pulse opens.
The window remains open until the count again reaches 8 (or in other words 24 baud clock
periods since the previous pulse was detected). This gives the Endec a sampling window
of minus four baudrate clocks to plus eight baudrate clocks around the expected time of an
incoming pulse. If an incoming pulse is detected inside this window this process is
repeated. If the incoming data is a logical 1 (no pulse), the Endec returns to the initial state
and waits for the next falling edge. As each falling edge is detected, the Endec clock
counter is reset, resynchronizing the Endec to the incoming signal. This allows the Endec
to tolerate jitter and baud rate errors in the incoming data stream. Resynchronizing the
Endec does not alter the operation of the UART, which ultimately receives the data. The
UART is only synchronized to the incoming data stream when a Start bit is received.

Z8 Encore!®
125
Infrared Encoder/Decoder Control Register Definitions

All Infrared Endec configuration and status information is set by the UART control regis-
ters as defined beginning on page 111.
Caution: To prevent spurious signals during IrDA data transmission, set the IREN
bit in the UARTx Control 1 register to 1 to enable the Infrared Encoder/
Decoder before enabling the GPIO Port alternate function for the corre-
sponding pin.

Z8 Encore!®
126
Serial Peripheral Interface

Overview
The Serial Peripheral InterfaceTM (SPI) is a synchronous interface allowing several SPI-
type devices to be interconnected. SPI-compatible devices include EEPROMs, Analog-to-
Digital Converters, and ISDN devices. Features of the SPI include:
• Full-duplex, synchronous, character-oriented communication
• Four-wire interface
• Data transfers rates up to a maximum of one-half the system clock frequency
• Error detection
• Dedicated Baud Rate Generator
Architecture
The SPI may be configured as either a Master (in single or multi-master systems) or a
Slave as illustrated in Figures 22 through 24.
SPI Master
To Slave’s SS Pin SS
MISO 8-bit Shift Register

From Slave
Bit 7 Bit 0
To Slave MOSI
SCK Baud Rate

To Slave Generator
Figure 22. SPI Configured as a Master in a Single Master, Single Slave System
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Serial Peripheral Interface

Z8 Encore!®
127
VCC
SPI Master
SS
To Slave #2’s SS Pin GPIO
To Slave #1’s SS Pin GPIO
8-bit Shift Register
From Slave
MISO Bit 7 Bit 0
To Slave MOSI
SCK Baud Rate

To Slave Generator
Figure 23. SPI Configured as a Master in a Single Master, Multiple Slave System
SPI Slave
From Master SS
MISO 8-bit Shift Register

To Master
Bit 7 Bit 0
From Master MOSI
SCK
From Master
Figure 24. SPI Configured as a Slave
Operation
The SPI is a full-duplex, synchronous, character-oriented channel that supports a four-wire
interface (serial clock, transmit, receive and Slave select). The SPI block consists of a
transmit/receive shift register, a Baud Rate (clock) Generator and a control unit.

Z8 Encore!®
128
During an SPI transfer, data is sent and received simultaneously by both the Master and
the Slave SPI devices. Separate signals are required for data and the serial clock. When an
SPI transfer occurs, a multi-bit (typically 8-bit) character is shifted out one data pin and an
multi-bit character is simultaneously shifted in on a second data pin. An 8-bit shift register
in the Master and another 8-bit shift register in the Slave are connected as a circular buffer.
The SPI shift register is single-buffered in the transmit and receive directions. New data to
be transmitted cannot be written into the shift register until the previous transmission is
complete and receive data (if valid) has been read.
SPI Signals
The four basic SPI signals are:
• MISO (Master-In, Slave-Out)
• MOSI (Master-Out, Slave-In)
• SCK (SPI Serial Clock)
• SS (Slave Select)
The following paragraphs discuss these SPI signals. Each signal is described in both Mas-
ter and Slave modes.
Master-In, Slave-Out
The Master-In, Slave-Out (MISO) pin is configured as an input in a Master device and as
an output in a Slave device. It is one of the two lines that transfer serial data, with the most
significant bit sent first. The MISO pin of a Slave device is placed in a high-impedance
state if the Slave is not selected. When the SPI is not enabled, this signal is in a high-
impedance state.
Master-Out, Slave-In
The Master-Out, Slave-In (MOSI) pin is configured as an output in a Master device and as
an input in a Slave device. It is one of the two lines that transfer serial data, with the most
significant bit sent first. When the SPI is not enabled, this signal is in a high-impedance
state.
Serial Clock
The Serial Clock (SCK) synchronizes data movement both in and out of the device
through its MOSI and MISO pins. In MASTER mode, the SPI’s Baud Rate Generator cre-
ates the serial clock. The Master drives the serial clock out its own SCK pin to the Slave’s
SCK pin. When the SPI is configured as a Slave, the SCK pin is an input and the clock sig-
nal from the Master synchronizes the data transfer between the Master and Slave devices.
Slave devices ignore the SCK signal, unless the SS pin is asserted. When configured as a
slave, the SPI block requires a minimum SCK period of greater than or equal to 8 times
the system (XIN) clock period.

Z8 Encore!®
129
The Master and Slave are each capable of exchanging a character of data during a
sequence of NUMBITS clock cycles (refer to NUMBITS field in the SPIMODE register).
In both Master and Slave SPI devices, data is shifted on one edge of the SCK and is sam-
pled on the opposite edge where data is stable. Edge polarity is determined by the SPI
phase and polarity control.
Slave Select
The active Low Slave Select (SS) input signal selects a Slave SPI device. SS must be Low
prior to all data communication to and from the Slave device. SS must stay Low for the
full duration of each character transferred. The SS signal may stay Low during the transfer
of multiple characters or may deassert between each character.
When the SPI is configured as the only Master in an SPI system, the SS pin can be set as
either an input or an output. For communication between the Z8F642x family device’s SPI
Master and external Slave devices, the SS signal, as an output, can assert the SS input pin
on one of the Slave devices. Other GPIO output pins can also be employed to select exter-
nal SPI Slave devices.
When the SPI is configured as one Master in a multi-master SPI system, the SS pin must
be set as an input. The SS input signal on the Master must be High. If the SS signal goes
Low (indicating another Master is driving the SPI bus), a Collision error flag is set in the
SPI Status register.
SPI Clock Phase and Polarity Control

The SPI supports four combinations of serial clock phase and polarity using two bits in the
SPI Control register. The clock polarity bit, CLKPOL, selects an active high or active low
clock and has no effect on the transfer format. Table 61 lists the SPI Clock Phase and
Polarity Operation parameters. The clock phase bit, PHASE, selects one of two fundamen-
tally different transfer formats. For proper data transmission, the clock phase and polarity
must be identical for the SPI Master and the SPI Slave. The Master always places data on
the MOSI line a half-cycle before the receive clock edge (SCK signal), in order for the
Slave to latch the data.
Table 61. SPI Clock Phase (PHASE) and Clock Polarity (CLKPOL) Operation
SCK Transmit SCK Receive SCK Idle

PHASE CLKPOL Edge Edge State
0 0 Falling Rising Low
0 1 Rising Falling High
1 0 Rising Falling Low
1 1 Falling Rising High

Z8 Encore!®
130
Transfer Format PHASE Equals Zero

Figure 25 illustrates the timing diagram for an SPI transfer in which PHASE is cleared to
0. The two SCK waveforms show polarity with CLKPOL reset to 0 and with CLKPOL set
to one. The diagram may be interpreted as either a Master or Slave timing diagram
because the SCK Master-In/Slave-Out (MISO) and Master-Out/Slave-In (MOSI) pins are
directly connected between the Master and the Slave.
SCK
(CLKPOL = 0)
SCK
(CLKPOL = 1)
MOSI Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0
MISO Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0
Input Sample Time
SS
Figure 25. SPI Timing When PHASE is 0
Transfer Format PHASE Equals One

Figure 26 illustrates the timing diagram for an SPI transfer in which PHASE is one. Two
waveforms are depicted for SCK, one for CLKPOL reset to 0 and another for CLKPOL set
to 1.

Z8 Encore!®
131
SCK
(CLKPOL = 0)
SCK
(CLKPOL = 1)
MOSI Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0
MISO Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0
Input Sample Time
SS
Figure 26. SPI Timing When PHASE is 1
Multi-Master Operation
In a multi-master SPI system, all SCK pins are tied together, all MOSI pins are tied
together and all MISO pins are tied together. All SPI pins must then be configured in
open-drain mode to prevent bus contention. At any one time, only one SPI device is con-
figured as the Master and all other SPI devices on the bus are configured as Slaves. The
Master enables a single Slave by asserting the SS pin on that Slave only. Then, the single
Master drives data out its SCK and MOSI pins to the SCK and MOSI pins on the Slaves
(including those which are not enabled). The enabled Slave drives data out its MISO pin to
the MISO Master pin.
For a Master device operating in a multi-master system, if the SS pin is configured as an
input and is driven Low by another Master, the COL bit is set to 1 in the SPI Status Regis-
ter. The COL bit indicates the occurrence of a multi-master collision (mode fault error con-
dition).
Slave Operation
The SPI block is configured for slave mode operation by setting the SPIEN bit to 1 and the
MMEN bit to 0 in the SPICTL register and setting the SSIO bit to 0 in the SPIMODE reg-

Z8 Encore!®
132
ister. The IRQE, PHASE, CLKPOL, WOR bits in the SPICTL register and the NUMBITS
field in the SPIMODE register must be set to be consistent with the other SPI devices. The
STR bit in the SPICTL register may be used if desired to force a “startup” interrupt. The
BIRQ bit in the SPICTL register and the SSV bit in the SPIMODE register are not used in
slave mode. The SPI baud rate generator is not used in slave mode so the SPIBRH and
SPIBRL registers need not be initialized.
If the slave has data to send to the master, the data must be written to the SPIDAT register
before the transaction starts (first edge of SCK when SS is asserted). If the SPIDAT regis-
ter is not written prior to the slave transaction, the MISO pin outputs whatever value is
currently in the SPIDAT register.
Due to the delay resulting from synchronization of the SPI input signals to the internal sys-
tem clock, the maximum SPICLK baud rate that can be supported in slave mode is the sys-
tem clock frequency (XIN) divided by 8. This rate is controlled by the SPI master.
Error Detection
The SPI contains error detection logic to support SPI communication protocols and recog-
nize when communication errors have occurred. The SPI Status register indicates when a
data transmission error has been detected.
Overrun (Write Collision)

An overrun error (write collision) indicates a write to the SPI Data register was attempted
while a data transfer is in progress (in either master or slave modes). An overrun sets the
OVR bit in the SPI Status register to 1. Writing a 1 to OVR clears this error flag. The data
register is not altered when a write occurs while data transfer is in progress.
Mode Fault (Multi-Master Collision)

A mode fault indicates when more than one Master is trying to communicate at the same
time (a multi-master collision). The mode fault is detected when the enabled Master’s SS
pin is asserted. A mode fault sets the COL bit in the SPI Status register to 1. Writing a 1 to
COL clears this error flag.
Slave Mode Abort

In slave mode of operation if the SS pin deasserts before all bits in a character have been
transferred, the transaction is aborted. When this condition occurs the ABT bit is set in the
SPISTAT register as well as the IRQ bit (indicating the transaction is complete). The next
time SS asserts, the MISO pin outputs SPIDAT[7], regardless of where the previous trans-
action left off. Writing a 1 to ABT clears this error flag.
SPI Interrupts
When SPI interrupts are enabled, the SPI generates an interrupt after character transmis-
sion/reception completes in both master and slave modes. A character can be defined to be

Z8 Encore!®
133
1 through 8 bits by the NUMBITS field in the SPI Mode register. In slave mode it is not
necessary for SS to deassert between characters to generate the interrupt. The SPI in Slave
mode can also generate an interrupt if the SS signal deasserts prior to transfer of all the bits
in a character (see description of slave abort error above). Writing a 1 to the IRQ bit in the
SPI Status Register clears the pending SPI interrupt request. The IRQ bit must be cleared
to 0 by the Interrupt Service Routine to generate future interrupts. To start the transfer pro-
cess, an SPI interrupt may be forced by software writing a 1 to the STR bit in the SPICTL
register.
If the SPI is disabled, an SPI interrupt can be generated by a Baud Rate Generator time-
out. This timer function must be enabled by setting the BIRQ bit in the SPICTL register.
This Baud Rate Generator time-out does not set the IRQ bit in the SPISTAT register, just
the SPI interrupt bit in the interrupt controller.
SPI Baud Rate Generator

In SPI Master mode, the Baud Rate Generator creates a lower frequency serial clock
(SCK) for data transmission synchronization between the Master and the external Slave.
The input to the Baud Rate Generator is the system clock. The SPI Baud Rate High and
Low Byte registers combine to form a 16-bit reload value, BRG[15:0], for the SPI Baud
Rate Generator. The SPI baud rate is calculated using the following equation:
SPI Baud Rate (bits/s) = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 × BRG[15:0]
Minimum baud rate is obtained by setting BRG[15:0] to 0000H for a clock divisor value
of (2 X 65536 = 131072).
When the SPI is disabled, the Baud Rate Generator can function as a basic 16-bit timer
with interrupt on time-out. To configure the Baud Rate Generator as a timer with interrupt
on time-out, complete the following procedure:
1. Disable the SPI by clearing the SPIEN bit in the SPI Control register to 0.
2. Load the desired 16-bit count value into the SPI Baud Rate High and Low Byte
registers.
3. Enable the Baud Rate Generator timer function and associated interrupt by setting the
BIRQ bit in the SPI Control register to 1.
SPI Control Register Definitions
SPI Data Register

The SPI Data register (Table 62) stores both the outgoing (transmit) data and the incoming
(receive) data. Reads from the SPI Data register always return the current contents of the

Z8 Encore!®
134
8-bit shift register. Data is shifted out starting with bit 7. The last bit received resides in bit
position 0.
With the SPI configured as a Master, writing a data byte to this register initiates the data
transmission. With the SPI configured as a Slave, writing a data byte to this register loads
the shift register in preparation for the next data transfer with the external Master. In either
the Master or Slave modes, if a transmission is already in progress, writes to this register
are ignored and the Overrun error flag, OVR, is set in the SPI Status register.
When the character length is less than 8 bits (as set by the NUMBITS field in the SPI Mode
register), the transmit character must be left justified in the SPI Data register. A received
character of less than 8 bits is right justified (last bit received is in bit position 0). For
example, if the SPI is configured for 4-bit characters, the transmit characters must be writ-
ten to SPIDATA[7:4] and the received characters are read from SPIDATA[3:0].
Table 62. SPI Data Register (SPIDATA)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DATA
ADDR F60H
DATA—Data
Transmit and/or receive data.
SPI Control Register

The SPI Control register (Table 63) configures the SPI for transmit and receive operations.

Z8 Encore!®
135
Table 63. SPI Control Register (SPICTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD IRQE STR BIRQ PHASE CLKPOL WOR MMEN SPIEN
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F61H
IRQE—Interrupt Request Enable

0 = SPI interrupts are disabled. No interrupt requests are sent to the Interrupt Controller.
1 = SPI interrupts are enabled. Interrupt requests are sent to the Interrupt Controller.
STR—Start an SPI Interrupt Request
0 = No effect.
1 = Setting this bit to 1 also sets the IRQ bit in the SPI Status register to 1. Setting this bit
forces the SPI to send an interrupt request to the Interrupt Control. This bit can be used by
software for a function similar to transmit buffer empty in a UART. Writing a 1 to the
IRQ bit in the SPI Status register clears this bit to 0.
BIRQ—BRG Timer Interrupt Request
If the SPI is enabled, this bit has no effect. If the SPI is disabled:
0 = The Baud Rate Generator timer function is disabled.
1 = The Baud Rate Generator timer function and time-out interrupt are enabled.
PHASE—Phase Select
Sets the phase relationship of the data to the clock. Refer to the SPI Clock Phase and
Polarity Control section for more information on operation of the PHASE bit.
CLKPOL—Clock Polarity
0 = SCK idles Low (0).
1 = SCK idle High (1).
WOR—Wire-OR (Open-Drain) Mode Enabled
0 = SPI signal pins not configured for open-drain.
1 = All four SPI signal pins (SCK, SS, MISO, MOSI) configured for open-drain function.
This setting is typically used for multi-master and/or multi-slave configurations.
MMEN—SPI Master Mode Enable
0 = SPI configured in Slave mode.
1 = SPI configured in Master mode.
SPIEN—SPI Enable
0 = SPI disabled.
1 = SPI enabled.

Z8 Encore!®
136
SPI Status Register

The SPI Status register (Table 64) indicates the current state of the SPI. All bits revert to
their reset state if the SPIEN bit in the SPICTL register = 0.
Table 64. SPI Status Register (SPISTAT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD IRQ OVR COL ABT Reserved TXST SLAS
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
R/W R/W* R/W* R/W* R/W* R R R
ADDR F62H
R/W* = Read access. Write a 1 to clear the bit to 0.
IRQ—Interrupt Request
If SPIEN = 1, this bit is set if the STR bit in the SPICTL register is set, or upon completion
of an SPI master or slave transaction. This bit does not set if SPIEN = 0 and the SPI Baud
Rate Generator is used as a timer to generate the SPI interrupt.
0 = No SPI interrupt request pending.
1 = SPI interrupt request is pending.
OVR—Overrun
0 = An overrun error has not occurred.
1 = An overrun error has been detected.
COL—Collision
0 = A multi-master collision (mode fault) has not occurred.
1 = A multi-master collision (mode fault) has been detected.
ABT—Slave mode transaction abort
This bit is set if the SPI is configured in slave mode, a transaction is occurring and SS
deasserts before all bits of a character have been transferred as defined by the NUMBITS
field of the SPIMODE register. The IRQ bit also sets, indicating the transaction has com-
pleted.
0 = A slave mode transaction abort has not occurred.
1 = A slave mode transaction abort has been detected.
TXST—Transmit Status
0 = No data transmission currently in progress.
1 = Data transmission currently in progress.

Z8 Encore!®
137
SLAS—Slave Select
If SPI enabled as a Slave,
0 = SS input pin is asserted (Low)
1 = SS input is not asserted (High).
If SPI enabled as a Master, this bit is not applicable.
SPI Mode Register

The SPI Mode register (Table 65) configures the character bit width and the direction and
value of the SS pin.
Table 65. SPI Mode Register (SPIMODE)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD Reserved DIAG NUMBITS[2:0] SSIO SSV
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
ADDR F63H
DIAG - Diagnostic Mode Control bit
This bit is for SPI diagnostics. Setting this bit allows the Baud Rate Generator value to be
read using the SPIBRH and SPIBRL register locations.
0 = Reading SPIBRH, SPIBRL returns the value in the SPIBRH and SPIBRL registers
1 = Reading SPIBRH returns bits [15:8] of the SPI Baud Rate Generator; and reading SPI-
BRL returns bits [7:0] of the SPI Baud Rate Counter. The Baud Rate Counter High and
Low byte values are not buffered.
Caution: Exercise caution if reading the values while the BRG is counting.
NUMBITS[2:0]—Number of Data Bits Per Character to Transfer

This field contains the number of bits to shift for each character transfer. Refer to the SPI
Data Register description for information on valid bit positions when the character length
is less than 8-bits.
000 = 8 bits
001 = 1 bit
010 = 2 bits
011 = 3 bits
100 = 4 bits
101 = 5 bits

Z8 Encore!®
138
110 = 6 bits
111 = 7 bits.
SSIO—Slave Select I/O
0 = SS pin configured as an input.
1 = SS pin configured as an output (Master mode only).
SSV—Slave Select Value
If SSIO = 1 and SPI configured as a Master:
0 = SS pin driven Low (0).
1 = SS pin driven High (1).
This bit has no effect if SSIO = 0 or SPI configured as a Slave.
SPI Diagnostic State Register

The SPI Diagnostic State register (Table 66) provides observability of internal state. This
is a read only register used for SPI diagnostics.
Table 66. SPI Diagnostic State Register (SPIDST)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD SCKEN TCKEN SPISTATE
RESET 0 0 0
R/W R R R
ADDR F64H
SCKEN - Shift Clock Enable

0 = The internal Shift Clock Enable signal is deasserted
1 = The internal Shift Clock Enable signal is asserted (shift register is updates on next sys-
tem clock)
TCKEN - Transmit Clock Enable
0 = The internal Transmit Clock Enable signal is deasserted.
1 = The internal Transmit Clock Enable signal is asserted. When this is asserted the serial
data out is updated on the next system clock (MOSI or MISO).
SPISTATE - SPI State Machine
Defines the current state of the internal SPI State Machine.

Z8 Encore!®
139
SPI Baud Rate High and Low Byte Registers

The SPI Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers (Tables 67 and 68) combine to form a 16-
bit reload value, BRG[15:0], for the SPI Baud Rate Generator. The SPI baud rate is calcu-
lated using the following equation:
SPI Baud Rate (bits/s) = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 × BRG[15:0]
Minimum baud rate is obtained by setting BRG[15:0] to 0000H for a clock divisor value
of (2 X 65536 = 131072).
Table 67. SPI Baud Rate High Byte Register (SPIBRH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD BRH
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR F66H
BRH = SPI Baud Rate High Byte

Most significant byte, BRG[15:8], of the SPI Baud Rate Generator’s reload value.
Table 68. SPI Baud Rate Low Byte Register (SPIBRL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD BRL
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/w
ADDR F67H
BRL = SPI Baud Rate Low Byte

Least significant byte, BRG[7:0], of the SPI Baud Rate Generator’s reload value.

Z8 Encore!®
140
I2C Controller
Overview
The I2C Controller makes the Z8F642x family products bus-compatible with the I2CTM
protocol. The I2C Controller consists of two bidirectional bus lines—a serial data signal
(SDA) and a serial clock signal (SCL). Features of the I2C Controller include:
• Transmit and Receive Operation in Master mode
• Maximum data rate of 400kbit/sec
• 7- and 10-bit Addressing Modes for Slaves
• Unrestricted Number of Data Bytes Transmitted per Transfer
The I2C Controller in the Z8F642x family products does not operate in Slave mode.
Operation
The I2C Controller operates in Master mode to transmit and receive data. Only a single
master is supported. Arbitration between two masters must be accomplished in software.
I2C supports the following operations:
• Master transmits to a 7-bit slave
• Master transmits to a 10-bit slave
• Master receives from a 7-bit slave
• Master receives from a 10-bit slave
SDA and SCL Signals

I2C sends all addresses, data and acknowledge signals over the SDA line, most-significant
bit first. SCL is the common clock for the I2C Controller. When the SDA and SCL pin
alternate functions are selected for their respective GPIO ports, the pins are automatically
configured for open-drain operation.
The master (I2C) is responsible for driving the SCL clock signal, although the clock signal
can become skewed by a slow slave device. During the low period of the clock, the slave
pulls the SCL signal Low to suspend the transaction. The master releases the clock at the
end of the low period and notices that the clock remains low instead of returning to a high
PS019906-1003 Preliminary I2C Controller

Z8 Encore!®
141
level. When the slave has released the clock, the I2C Controller continues the transaction.
All data is transferred in bytes and there is no limit to the amount of data transferred in one
operation. When transmitting data or acknowledging read data from the slave, the SDA
signal changes in the middle of the low period of SCL and is sampled in the middle of the
high period of SCL.
I2C Interrupts
The I2C Controller contains four sources of interrupts—Transmit, Receive, Not Acknowl-
edge (NAK) and baud rate generator. These four interrupt sources are combined into a sin-
gle interrupt request signal to the interrupt controller.
NAK interrupts occur when a Not Acknowledge is received from the slave or sent by the
I2C Controller and the Start or Stop bit is not set. The NAK event sets bit 0 of the
I2CSTAT register and can only be cleared by setting the Start or Stop bit. When this inter-
rupt occurs, the I2C Controller waits until it is cleared before performing any action. In an
interrupt service routine, the NAK interrupt must be the first thing polled.
Receive interrupts occur when a byte of data has been received by the I2C master. The
receive interrupt is cleared by reading from the I2C Data register. If no action is taken, the
I2C Controller waits until this interrupt is cleared before performing any other action.
For Transmit interrupts to occur, the TXI bit must be 1 in the I2C Control register. Trans-
mit interrupts occur under the following conditions when the transmit data register is
empty:
• The I2C Controller is enabled
• The first bit of the byte of an address is shifting out and the RD bit of the I2C Status
register is deasserted.
• The first bit of a 10-bit address shifts out.
• The first bit of write data shifted out.
Note: Writing to the I2C Data register always clears the TRDE bit to 0.
The fourth interrupt source is the baud rate generator. If the I2C Controller is disabled (IEN
bit in the I2CCTL register = 0) and the BIRQ bit in the I2CCTL register = 1, an interrupt is
generated when the baud rate generator counts down to 1.
Start and Stop Conditions

The master (I2C) drives all Start and Stop signals and initiates all transactions. To start a
transaction, the I2C Controller generates a START condition by pulling the SDA signal
low while SCL is high. To complete a transaction, the I2C Controller generates a Stop con-
dition by creating a low-to-high transition of the SDA signal while the SCL signal is high.
The Start and Stop signals are found in the I2C Control register and must be written by
software when the Z8F642x family device must begin or end a transaction.

Z8 Encore!®
142
Write Transaction with a 7-Bit Address

Figure 27 illustrates the data transfer format for a 7-bit addressed slave. Shaded regions
indicate data transferred from the I2C Controller to slaves and unshaded regions indicate
data transferred from the slaves to the I2C Controller.
S Slave Address W=0 A Data A Data A Data A/A P/S
Figure 27. 7-Bit Addressed Slave Data Transfer Format
The procedure for a transmit operation on a 7-bit addressed slave is as follows:

1. Software asserts the IEN bit in the I2C Control register.
2. Software asserts the TXI bit of the I2C Control register to enable Transmit interrupts.
3. The I2C interrupt asserts, because the I2C Data register is empty
4. Software responds to the TDRE bit by writing a 7-bit slave address plus write bit (=0)
to the I2C Data register.
5. Software asserts the START bit of the I2C Control register.
6. The I2C Controller sends the START condition to the I2C slave.
7. The I2C Controller loads the I2C Shift register with the contents of the I2C Data
register.
8. After one bit of address has been shifted out by the SDA signal, the Transmit interrupt
is asserted.
9. Software responds by writing the transmit data into the I2C Data register.
10. The I2C Controller shifts the rest of the address and write bit out by the SDA signal.
11. The I2C slave sends an acknowledge (by pulling the SDA signal low) during the next
high period of SCL. The I2C Controller sets the ACK bit in the I2C Status register.
12. The I2C Controller loads the contents of the I2C Shift register with the contents of the
I2C Data register.
13. The I2C Controller shifts the data out of via the SDA signal. After the first bit is sent,
the Transmit interrupt is asserted.
14. If more bytes remain to be sent, return to step 9
15. Software responds by setting the STOP bit of the I2C Control register (or START bit
to initiate a new transaction).
16. If no new data is to be sent or address is to be sent, software responds by clearing the
TXI bit of the I2C Control register.

Z8 Encore!®
143
17. The I2C Controller completes transmission of the data on the SDA signal.
18. The I2C Controller sends the STOP condition to the I2C bus.
Write Transaction with a 10-Bit Address

Figure 28 illustrates the data transfer format for a 10-bit addressed slave. Shaded regions
indicate data transferred from the I2C Controller to slaves and unshaded regions indicate
data transferred from the slaves to the I2C Controller.
Slave Address A Slave Address
S W=0 2nd Byte A Data A Data A/A P/S
1st 7 bits
Figure 28. 10-Bit Addressed Slave Data Transfer Format
The first seven bits transmitted in the first byte are 11110XX. The two bits XX are the two
most-significant bits of the 10-bit address. The lowest bit of the first byte transferred is the
read/write control bit (=0). The transmit operation is carried out in the same manner as 7-
bit addressing.
The procedure for a transmit operation on a 10-bit addressed slave is as follows:
1. Software asserts the IEN bit in the I2C Control register.
2. Software asserts the TXI bit of the I2C Control register to enable Transmit interrupts.
3. The I2C interrupt asserts because the I2C Data register is empty.
4. Software responds to the TDRE interrupt by writing the first slave address byte. The
least-significant bit must be 0 for the write operation.
6. The I2C Controller sends the START condition to the I2C slave.
register.
8. After one bit of address is shifted out by the SDA signal, the Transmit interrupt is
asserted.
9. Software responds by writing the second byte of address into the contents of the I2C
Data register.
10. The I2C Controller shifts the rest of the first byte of address and write bit out the SDA
signal.
11. The I2C slave sends an acknowledge by pulling the SDA signal low during the next
register.

Z8 Encore!®
144
13. The I2C Controller shifts the second address byte out the SDA signal. After the first
bit has been sent, the Transmit interrupt is asserted.
14. Software responds by writing the data to be written out to the I2C Control register.
15. The I2C Controller shifts out the rest of the second byte of slave address by the SDA
signal.
16. The I2C slave sends an acknowledge by pulling the SDA signal low during the next
17. The I2C Controller shifts the data out by the SDA signal. After the first bit is sent, the
Transmit interrupt is asserted.
18. Software responds by asserting the STOP bit of the I2C Control register.
19. The I2C Controller completes transmission of the data on the SDA signal.
20. The I2C Controller sends the STOP condition to the I2C bus.
Read Transaction with a 7-Bit Address

Figure 29 illustrates the data transfer format for a read operation to a 7-bit addressed slave.
The shaded regions indicate data transferred from the I2C Controller to slaves and
unshaded regions indicate data transferred from the slaves to the I2C Controller.
S Slave Address R=1 A Data A Data A P/S
Figure 29. Receive Data Transfer Format for a 7-Bit Addressed Slave
The procedure for a read operation to a 7-bit addressed slave is as follows:

1. Software writes the I2C Data register with a 7-bit slave address plus the read bit (=1).
3. If this is a single byte transfer, Software asserts the NAK bit of the I2C Control register
so that after the first byte of data has been read by the I2C Controller, a Not
Acknowledge is sent to the I2C slave.
4. The I2C Controller sends the START condition.
5. The I2C Controller sends the address and read bit out the SDA signal.
6. The I2C slave acknowledges the address by pulling the SDA signal Low during the
next high period of SCL.
7. The I2C Controller shifts in the first byte of data from the I2C slave on the SDA signal.
8. The I2C Controller asserts the Receive interrupt.

Z8 Encore!®
145
9. Software responds by reading the I2C Data register.

10. The I2C Controller sends a NAK to the I2C slave (if this is the last byte).
11. If there are more bytes to transfer, return to step 7.
12. A NAK interrupt is generated by the I2C Controller.
13. Software responds by setting the STOP bit of the I2C Control register.
14. A STOP condition is sent to the I2C slave.
Read Transaction with a 10-Bit Address

Figure 30 illustrates the read transaction format for a 10-bit addressed slave. The shaded
regions indicate data transferred from the I2C Controller to slaves and unshaded regions
indicate data transferred from the slaves to the I2C Controller.
Slave Address Slave Address A Slave Address

S W=0 A S R=1 A Data A Data A P
1st 7 bits 2nd Byte 1st 7 bits
Figure 30. Receive Data Format for a 10-Bit Addressed Slave
The first seven bits transmitted in the first byte are 11110XX. The two bits XX are the two
most-significant bits of the 10-bit address. The lowest bit of the first byte transferred is the
write control bit.
The data transfer procedure for a read operation to a 10-bit addressed slave is as follows:
1. Software writes 11110B followed by the two address bits and a 0 (write) to the I2C
Data register.
3. The I2C Controller sends the Start condition.
register.
5. After the first bit has been shifted out, a Transmit interrupt is asserted.
6. Software responds by writing eight bits of address to the I2C Data register.
7. The I2C Controller completes shifting of the two address bits and a 0 (write).
8. The I2C slave sends an acknowledge by pulling the SDA signal Low during the next
high period of SCL.
register (lower byte of 10 bit address).

Z8 Encore!®
146
10. The I2C Controller shifts out the next eight bits of address. After the first bit is shifted,
the I2C Controller generates a Transmit interrupt.
11. Software responds by setting the START bit of the I2C Control register to generate a
repeated START.
12. Software responds by writing 11110B followed by the 2-bit slave address and a 1
(read) to the I2C Data register.
13. If you want to read only one byte, software responds by setting the NAK bit of the
I2C Control register.
14. After the I2C Controller shifts out the address bits mentioned in step 9 (2nd address
transfer), the I2C slave sends an acknowledge by pulling the SDA signal Low during
the next high period of SCL.
15. The I2C Controller sends the repeated START condition.
register (third address transfer).
17. The I2C Controller sends 11110B followed by the two most significant bits of the
slave read address and a 1 (read).
18. The I2C slave sends an acknowledge by pulling the SDA signal Low during the next
high period of SCL.
19. The I2C Controller shifts in a byte of data from the slave.
20. A Receive interrupt is generated.
21. Software responds by reading the I2C Data register.
22. Software responds by setting the STOP bit of the I2C Control register.
23. A NAK condition is sent to the I2C slave.
24. A STOP condition is sent to the I2C slave.
I2C Control Register Definitions
I2C Data Register

The I2C Data register (Table 69) holds the data that is to be loaded into the I2C Shift regis-
ter during a write to a slave. This register also holds data that is loaded from the I2C Shift

Z8 Encore!®
147
register during a read from a slave. The I2C Shift Register is not accessible in the Register
File address space, but is used only to buffer incoming and outgoing data.
Table 69. I2C Data Register (I2CDATA)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DATA
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F50H
I2C Status Register

The Read-only I2C Status register (Table 70) indicates the status of the I2C Controller.
Table 70. I2C Status Register (I2CSTAT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD TDRE RDRF ACK 10B RD TAS DSS NCKI
RESET 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR F51H
TDRE—Transmit Data Register Empty

When the I2C Controller is enabled, this bit is 1 when the I2C Data register is empty.
When active, this bit causes the I2C Controller to generate an interrupt, except when the
I2C Controller is shifting in data during the reception of a byte or when shifting an address
and the RD bit is set. This bit and the interrupt are cleared by writing to the I2CDATA reg-
ister.
RDRF—Receive Data Register Full
This bit is set = 1 when the I2C Controller is enabled and the I2C Controller has received a
byte of data. When asserted, this bit causes the I2C Controller to generate an interrupt.
This bit is cleared by reading the I2C Data register (unless the read is performed via execu-
tion of the On-Chip Debugger’s Read Register command).
ACK—Acknowledge
This bit indicates the status of the Acknowledge for the last byte transmitted or received.

Z8 Encore!®
148
When set, this bit indicates that an Acknowledge was received for the last byte transmitted
or received.
10B—10-Bit Address
This bit indicates whether a 10- or 7-bit address is being transmitted. After the START bit
is set, if the five most-significant bits of the address are 11110B, this bit is set. When set,
it is reset once the first byte of the address has been sent.
RD—Read
This bit indicates the direction of transfer of the data. It is active high during a read. The
status of this bit is determined by the least-significant bit of the I2C Shift register after the
START bit is set.
TAS—Transmit Address State
This bit is active high while the address is being shifted out of the I2C Shift register.
DSS—Data Shift State
This bit is active high while data is being shifted to or from the I2C Shift register.
NCKI—NACK Interrupt
This bit is set high when a Not Acknowledge condition is received or sent and neither the
START nor the STOP bit is active. When set, this bit generates an interrupt that can only
be cleared by setting the START or STOP bit, allowing the user to specify whether he
wants to perform a STOP or a repeated START.
I2C Control Register

The I2C Control register (Table 71) enables the I2C operation.
Table 71. I2C Control Register (I2CCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD IEN START STOP BIRQ TXI NAK FLUSH FILTEN
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR F52H
IEN—I2C Enable
This bit enables the I2C transmitter and receiver.
START—Send Start Condition
This bit sends the Start condition. Once asserted, it is cleared by the I2C Controller after it
sends the START condition or by deasserting the IEN bit. If this bit is 1, it cannot be
cleared to 0 by writing to the register. After this bit is set, the Start condition is sent if there

Z8 Encore!®
149
is data in the I2C Data or I2C Shift register. If there is no data in one of these registers, the
I2C Controller waits until data is loaded. If this bit is set while the I2C Controller is shift-
ing out data, it generates a START condition after the byte shifts and the acknowledge
phase completes. If the STOP bit is also set, it also waits until the STOP condition is sent
before the START condition.
STOP—Send Stop Condition
This bit causes the I2C Controller to issue a Stop condition after the byte in the I2C Shift
register has completed transmission or after a byte has been received in a receive opera-
tion. Once set, this bit is reset by the I2C Controller after a Stop condition has been sent or
by deasserting the IEN bit. If this bit is 1, it cannot be cleared to 0 by writing to the regis-
ter.
BIRQ—Baud Rate Generator Interrupt Request
This bit causes an interrupt to occur every time the baud rate generator counts down to
one. This bit allows the I2C Controller to be used as an additional timer when the I2C Con-
troller is disabled. This bit is ignored when the I2C Controller is enabled.
TXI—Enable TDRE interrupts
This bit enables interrupts when the I2C Data register is empty on the I2C Controller.
NAK—Send NAK
This bit sends a Not Acknowledge condition after the next byte of data has been read from
the I2C slave. Once asserted, it is deasserted after a Not Acknowledge is sent or the IEN
bit is deasserted.
FLUSH—Flush Data
Setting this bit to 1 clears the I2C Data register and sets the TDRE bit to 1. This bit allows
flushing of the I2C Data register when an NAK is received after the data has been sent to
the I2C Data register. Reading this bit always returns 0.
FILTEN—I2C Signal Filter Enable
Setting this bit to 1 enables low-pass digital filters on the SDA and SCL input signals.
These filters reject any input pulse with periods less than a full system clock cycle. The fil-
ters introduce a 3-system clock cycle latency on the inputs.
I2C Baud Rate High and Low Byte Registers

The I2C Baud Rate High and Low Byte registers (Tables 72 and 73) combine to form a 16-
bit reload value, BRG[15:0], for the I2C Baud Rate Generator. The I2C baud rate is calcu-
lated using the following equation (note if BRG = 0x0000, use 0x10000 in the equation):
I2C Baud Rate (bits/s) = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 × BRG[15:0]

Z8 Encore!®
150
Table 72. I2C Baud Rate High Byte Register (I2CBRH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD BRH
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR F53H
BRH = I2C Baud Rate High Byte

Most significant byte, BRG[15:8], of the I2C Baud Rate Generator’s reload value.
If the DIAG bit in the I2C Diagnostic Control Register is set to 1, a read of the
I2CBRH register returns the current value of the I2C Baud Rate Counter[15:8].
Table 73. I2C Baud Rate Low Byte Register (I2CBRL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD BRL
RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ADDR F54H
BRL = I2C Baud Rate Low Byte

Least significant byte, BRG[7:0], of the I2C Baud Rate Generator’s reload value.
Note: If the DIAG bit in the I2C Diagnostic Control Register is set to 1, a read of the I2CBRL
register returns the current value of the I2C Baud Rate Counter[7:0].

Z8 Encore!®
151
I2C Diagnostic State Register

The I2C Diagnostic State register (Table 74) provides observability of internal state. This
is a read only register used for I2C diagnostics.
Table 74. I2C Diagnostic State Register (I2CDST)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD SCLIN SDAIN STPCNT TXRXSTATE
RESET X X 0 00000
R/W R R R R
ADDR F55H
SCLIN - Value of Serial Clock input signal

SDAIN - Value of the Serial Data input signal
STPCNT - Value of the internal Stop Count control signal
TXRXSTATE - Value of the I2C state machine
I2C Diagnostic Control Register

The I2C Diagnostic register (Table 75) provides control over diagnostic modes. This is a
read/write register used for I2C diagnostics.
Table 75. I2C Diagnostic Control Register (I2CDIAG)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD Reserved DIAG
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R R R R/W
ADDR F56H
DIAG = Diagnostic Control Bit - Selects read back value of the Baud Rate Reload regis-
ters. In diagnostic mode the Baud Rate Counter may be read back.
0 = Normal mode
1 = Diagnostic mode

Z8 Encore!®
152
Direct Memory Access Controller

Overview
The Z8F642x family’s Direct Memory Access (DMA) Controller provides three indepen-
dent Direct Memory Access channels. Two of the channels (DMA0 and DMA1) transfer
data between the on-chip peripherals and the Register File. The third channel
(DMA_ADC) controls the Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) operation and transfers
Single-Shot mode ADC output data to the Register File.
Operation
DMA0 and DMA1 Operation

DMA0 and DMA1, referred to collectively as DMAx, transfer data either from the on-chip
peripheral control registers to the Register File, or from the Register File to the on-chip
peripheral control registers. The sequence of operations in a DMAx data transfer is:
1. DMAx trigger source requests a DMA data transfer.
2. DMAx requests control of the system bus (address and data) from the eZ8 CPU.
3. After the eZ8 CPU acknowledges the bus request, DMAx transfers either a single byte
or a two-byte word (depending upon configuration) and then returns system bus
control back to the eZ8 CPU.
4. If Current Address equals End Address:
– DMAx reloads the original Start Address
– If configured to generate an interrupt, DMAx sends an interrupt request to the
– If configured for single-pass operation, DMAx resets the DEN bit in the DMAx
Control register to 0 and the DMA is disabled.
If Current Address does not equal End Address, the Current Address increments by 1
(single-byte transfer) or 2 (two-byte word transfer).
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Direct Memory Access Controller

Z8 Encore!®
153
Configuring DMA0 and DMA1 for Data Transfer

Follow these steps to configure and enable DMA0 or DMA1:
1. Write to the DMAx I/O Address register to set the Register File address identifying the
on-chip peripheral control register. The upper nibble of the 12-bit address for on-chip
peripheral control registers is always FH. The full address is {FH, DMAx_IO[7:0]}
2. Determine the 12-bit Start and End Register File addresses. The 12-bit Start Address
is given by {DMAx_H[3:0], DMA_START[7:0]}. The 12-bit End Address is given by
{DMAx_H[7:4], DMA_END[7:0]}.
3. Write the Start and End Register File address high nibbles to the DMAx End/Start
Address High Nibble register.
4. Write the lower byte of the Start Address to the DMAx Start/Current Address register.
5. Write the lower byte of the End Address to the DMAx End Address register.
6. Write to the DMAx Control register to complete the following:
– Select loop or single-pass mode operation
– Select the data transfer direction (either from the Register File RAM to the on-
chip peripheral control register; or from the on-chip peripheral control register to
the Register File RAM)
– Enable the DMAx interrupt request, if desired
– Select Word or Byte mode
– Select the DMAx request trigger
– Enable the DMAx channel
DMA_ADC Operation
DMA_ADC transfers data from the ADC to the Register File. The sequence of operations
in a DMA_ADC data transfer is:
1. ADC completes conversion on the current ADC input channel and signals the DMA
controller that two-bytes of ADC data are ready for transfer.
2. DMA_ADC requests control of the system bus (address and data) from the eZ8 CPU.
3. After the eZ8 CPU acknowledges the bus request, DMA_ADC transfers the two-byte
ADC output value to the Register File and then returns system bus control back to the
eZ8 CPU.
4. If the current ADC Analog Input is the highest numbered input to be converted:
– DMA_ADC resets the ADC Analog Input number to 0 and initiates data
conversion on ADC Analog Input 0.
– If configured to generate an interrupt, DMA_ADC sends an interrupt request to
the Interrupt Controller

Z8 Encore!®
154
If the current ADC Analog Input is not the highest numbered input to be converted,
DMA_ADC initiates data conversion in the next higher numbered ADC Analog Input.
Configuring DMA_ADC for Data Transfer

Follow these steps to configure and enable DMA_ADC:
1. Write the DMA_ADC Address register with the 7 most-significant bits of the Register
File address for data transfers.
2. Write to the DMA_ADC Control register to complete the following:
– Enable the DMA_ADC interrupt request, if desired
– Select the number of ADC Analog Inputs to convert
– Enable the DMA_ADC channel
Caution: When using the DMA_ADC to perform conversions on multiple ADC in-
puts, the Analog-to-Digital Converter must be configured for Single-Shot
mode. If the ADC_IN field in the DMA_ADC Control Register is greater
than 000b, the ADC must be in Single-Shot mode.
Continuous mode operation of the ADC can only be used in conjunction

with DMA_ADC if the ADC_IN field in the DMA_ADC Control Register
is reset to 000b to enable conversion on ADC Analog Input 0 only.
DMA Control Register Definitions
DMAx Control Register

The DMAx Control register (Table 76) enables and selects the mode of operation for
DMAx.

Z8 Encore!®
155
Table 76. DMAx Control Register (DMAxCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DEN DLE DDIR IRQEN WSEL RSS
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FB0H, FB8H
DEN—DMAx Enable
0 = DMAx is disabled and data transfer requests are disregarded.
1 = DMAx is enabled and initiates a data transfer upon receipt of a request from the trigger
source.
DLE—DMAx Loop Enable
0 = DMAx reloads the original Start Address and is then disabled after the End Address
data is transferred.
1 = DMAx, after the End Address data is transferred, reloads the original Start Address
and continues operating.
DDIR—DMAx Data Transfer Direction
0 = Register File → on-chip peripheral control register.
1 = on-chip peripheral control register → Register File.
IRQEN—DMAx Interrupt Enable
0 = DMAx does not generate any interrupts.
1 = DMAx generates an interrupt when the End Address data is transferred.
WSEL—Word Select
0 = DMAx transfers a single byte per request.
1 = DMAx transfers a two-byte word per request. The address for the on-chip peripheral
control register must be an even address.
RSS—Request Trigger Source Select
The Request Trigger Source Select field determines the peripheral that can initiate a DMA
transfer. The corresponding interrupts do not need to be enabled within the Interrupt Con-
troller to initiate a DMA transfer. However, if the Request Trigger Source can enable or
disable the interrupt request sent to the Interrupt Controller, the interrupt request must be
enabled within the Request Trigger Source block.
000 = Timer 0.
001 = Timer 1.
010 = Timer 2.
011 = Timer 3.
100 = DMA0 Control register: UART0 Received Data register contains valid data. DMA1
Control register: UART0 Transmit Data register empty.

Z8 Encore!®
156
101 = DMA0 Control register: UART1 Received Data register contains valid data. DMA1
Control register: UART1 Transmit Data register empty.
110 = DMA0 Control register: I2C Receiver Interrupt. DMA1 Control register: I2C Trans-
mitter Interrupt register empty.
111 = Reserved.
DMAx I/O Address Register

The DMAx I/O Address register (Table 77) contains the low byte of the on-chip peripheral
address for data transfer. The full 12-bit Register File address is given by {FH,
DMAx_IO[7:0]}. When the DMA is configured for two-byte word transfers, the DMAx I/
O Address register must contain an even numbered address.
Table 77. DMAx I/O Address Register (DMAxIO)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DMA_IO
ADDR FB1H, FB9H
DMA_IO—DMA on-chip peripheral control register address

This byte sets the low byte of the on-chip peripheral control register address on Register
File Page FH (addresses F00H to FFFH).
DMAx Address High Nibble Register

The DMAx Address High register (Table 78) specifies the upper four bits of address for
the Start/Current and End Addresses of DMAx.
Table 78. DMAx Address High Nibble Register (DMAxH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DMA_END_H DMA_START_H
ADDR FB2H, FHAH

Z8 Encore!®
157
DMA_END_H—DMAx End Address High Nibble

These bits, used with the DMAx End Address Low register, form a 12-bit End Address.
The full 12-bit address is given by {DMA_END_H[3:0], DMA_END[7:0]}.
DMA_START_H—DMAx Start/Current Address High Nibble
These bits, used with the DMAx Start/Current Address Low register, form a 12-bit Start/
Current Address. The full 12-bit address is given by {DMA_START_H[3:0],
DMA_START[7:0]}.
DMAx Start/Current Address Low Byte Register

The DMAx Start/Current Address Low register, in conjunction with the DMAx Address
High Nibble register, forms a 12-bit Start/Current Address. Writes to this register set the
Start Address for DMA operations. Each time the DMA completes a data transfer, the 12-
bit Start/Current Address increments by either 1 (single-byte transfer) or 2 (two-byte word
transfer). Reads from this register return the low byte of the Current Address to be used for
the next DMA data transfer.
Table 79. DMAx Start/Current Address Low Byte Register (DMAxSTART)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DMA_START
ADDR FB3H, FHBH
DMA_START—DMAx Start/Current Address Low

These bits, with the four lower bits of the DMAx_H register, form the 12-bit Start/Current
address. The full 12-bit address is given by {DMA_START_H[3:0], DMA_START[7:0]}.
DMAx End Address Low Byte Register

The DMAx End Address Low Byte register (Table 79), in conjunction with the DMAx_H
register (Table 80), forms a 12-bit End Address.

Z8 Encore!®
158
Table 80. DMAx End Address Low Byte Register (DMAxEND)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DMA_END
ADDR FB4H, FBCH
DMA_END—DMAx End Address Low

These bits, with the four upper bits of the DMAx_H register, form a 12-bit address. This
address is the ending location of the DMAx transfer. The full 12-bit address is given by
{DMA_END_H[3:0], DMA_END[7:0]}.
DMA_ADC Address Register

The DMA_ADC Address register (Table 82) points to a block of the Register File to store
ADC conversion values as illustrated in Table 81. This register contains the seven most-
significant bits of the 12-bit Register File addresses. The five least-significant bits are cal-
culated from the ADC Analog Input number (5-bit base address is equal to twice the ADC
Analog Input number). The 10-bit ADC conversion data is stored as two bytes with the
most significant byte of the ADC data stored at the even numbered Register File address.
Table 81 provides an example of the Register File addresses if the DMA_ADC Address
register contains the value 72H.
Table 81. DMA_ADC Register File Address Example
ADC Analog Input Register File Address (Hex)1

0 720H-721H
1 722H-723H
2 724H-725H
3 726H-727H
4 728H-729H
5 72AH-72BH
6 72CH-72DH
7 72EH-72FH
8 730H-731H

Z8 Encore!®
159
Table 81. DMA_ADC Register File Address Example
ADC Analog Input Register File Address (Hex)1

9 732H-733H
10 734H-735H
11 736H-737H
1 DMAA_ADDR set to 72H.
Table 82. DMA_ADC Address Register (DMAA_ADDR)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DMAA_ADDR Reserved
ADDR FBDH
DMAA_ADDR—DMA_ADC Address
These bits specify the seven most-significant bits of the 12-bit Register File addresses
used for storing the ADC output data. The ADC Analog Input Number defines the five
least-significant bits of the Register File address. Full 12-bit address is
{DMAA_ADDR[7:1], 4-bit ADC Analog Input Number, 0}.
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be 0.
DMA_ADC Control Register

The DMA_ADC Control register (Table 83) enables and sets options (DMA enable and
interrupt enable) for ADC operation.

Z8 Encore!®
160
Table 83. DMA_ADC Control Register (DMAACTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DAEN IRQEN Reserved ADC_IN
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FBEH
DAEN—DMA_ADC Enable
0 = DMA_ADC is disabled and the ADC Analog Input Number (ADC_IN) is reset to 0.
1 = DMA_ADC is enabled.
IRQEN—Interrupt Enable
0 = DMA_ADC does not generate any interrupts.
1 = DMA_ADC generates an interrupt after transferring data from the last ADC Analog
Input specified by the ADC_IN field.
Reserved
ADC_IN—ADC Analog Input Number
These bits set the number of ADC Analog Inputs to be used in the continuous update (data
conversion followed by DMA data transfer). The conversion always begins with ADC
Analog Input 0 and then progresses sequentially through the other selected ADC Analog
Inputs.
0000 = ADC Analog Input 0 updated.
0001 = ADC Analog Inputs 0-1 updated.
1100-1111 = Reserved.
DMA Status Register

The DMA Status register (Table 84) indicates the DMA channel that generated the inter-
rupt and the ADC Analog Input that is currently undergoing conversion. Reads from this
register reset the Interrupt Request Indicator bits (IRQA, IRQ1, and IRQ0) to 0. There-

Z8 Encore!®
161
fore, software interrupt service routines that read this register must process all three inter-
rupt sources from the DMA.
Table 84. DMA_ADC Status Register (DMAA_STAT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD CADC[3:0] Reserved IRQA IRQ1 IRQ0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR FBFH
CADC[3:0]—Current ADC Analog Input

This field identifies the Analog Input that the ADC is currently converting.
Reserved
This bit is reserved and must be 0.
IRQA—DMA_ADC Interrupt Request Indicator
This bit is automatically reset to 0 each time a read from this register occurs.
0 = DMA_ADC is not the source of the interrupt from the DMA Controller.
1 = DMA_ADC completed transfer of data from the last ADC Analog Input and generated
an interrupt.
IRQ1—DMA1 Interrupt Request Indicator
0 = DMA1 is not the source of the interrupt from the DMA Controller.
1 = DMA1 completed transfer of data to/from the End Address and generated an interrupt.
IRQ0—DMA0 Interrupt Request Indicator
0 = DMA0 is not the source of the interrupt from the DMA Controller.
1 = DMA0 completed transfer of data to/from the End Address and generated an interrupt.

Z8 Encore!®
162
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Overview
The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) converts an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary
number. The features of the sigma-delta ADC include:
• 12 analog input sources are multiplexed with general-purpose I/O ports
• Interrupt upon conversion complete
• Internal voltage reference generator
• Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller can automatically initiate data conversion
and transfer of the data from 1 to 12 of the analog inputs
Architecture
Figure 31 illustrates the three major functional blocks (converter, analog multiplexer, and
voltage reference generator) of the ADC. The ADC converts an analog input signal to its
digital representation. The 12-input analog multiplexer selects one of the 12 analog input
sources. The ADC requires an input reference voltage for the conversion. The voltage ref-
erence for the conversion may be input through the external VREF pin or generated inter-
nally by the voltage reference generator.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Analog-to-Digital Converter

Z8 Encore!®
163
VREF
Internal Voltage
Reference Generator Analog Input
Multiplexer
ANA0
ANA1
ANA2
Analog-to-Digital
Converter ANA3
ANA4
ANA5
Reference Input
ANA6
ANA7
ANA8
Analog Input
ANA9
ANA10
ANA11
ANAIN[3:0]
Figure 31. Analog-to-Digital Converter Block Diagram
Operation
Automatic Power-Down
If the ADC is idle (no conversions in progress) for 160 consecutive system clock cycles,
portions of the ADC are automatically powered-down. From this power-down state, the
ADC requires 40 system clock cycles to power-up. The ADC powers up when a conver-
sion is requested using the ADC Control register.
Single-Shot Conversion
When configured for single-shot conversion, the ADC performs a single analog-to-digital
conversion on the selected analog input channel. After completion of the conversion, the
ADC shuts down. The steps for setting up the ADC and initiating a single-shot conversion
are as follows:

Z8 Encore!®
164
1. Enable the desired analog inputs by configuring the general-purpose I/O pins for
alternate function. This configuration disables the digital input and output drivers.
2. Write to the ADC Control register to configure the ADC and begin the conversion.
The bit fields in the ADC Control register can be written simultaneously:
– Write to the ANAIN[3:0] field to select one of the 12 analog input sources.
– Clear CONT to 0 to select a single-shot conversion.
– Write to the VREF bit to enable or disable the internal voltage reference generator.
– Set CEN to 1 to start the conversion.
3. CEN remains 1 while the conversion is in progress. A single-shot conversion requires
5129 system clock cycles to complete. If a single-shot conversion is requested from an
ADC powered-down state, the ADC uses 40 additional clock cycles to power-up
before beginning the 5129 cycle conversion.
4. When the conversion is complete, the ADC control logic performs the following
operations:
– 10-bit data result written to {ADCD_H[7:0], ADCD_L[7:6]}.
– CEN resets to 0 to indicate the conversion is complete.
– An interrupt request is sent to the Interrupt Controller.
5. If the ADC remains idle for 160 consecutive system clock cycles, it is automatically
powered-down.
Continuous Conversion
When configured for continuous conversion, the ADC continuously performs an analog-
to-digital conversion on the selected analog input. Each new data value over-writes the
previous value stored in the ADC Data registers. An interrupt is generated after each con-
version.
Caution: In Continuous mode, users must be aware that ADC updates are limited by
the input signal bandwidth of the ADC and the latency of the ADC and its
digital filter. Step changes at the input are not seen at the next output from
the ADC. The response of the ADC (in all modes) is limited by the input
signal bandwidth and the latency.
The steps for setting up the ADC and initiating continuous conversion are as follows:
1. Enable the desired analog input by configuring the general-purpose I/O pins for
alternate function. This disables the digital input and output driver.
2. Write to the ADC Control register to configure the ADC for continuous conversion.
The bit fields in the ADC Control register may be written simultaneously:
– Write to the ANAIN[3:0] field to select one of the 12 analog input sources.

Z8 Encore!®
165
– Set CONT to 1 to select continuous conversion.

– Write to the VREF bit to enable or disable the internal voltage reference generator.
– Set CEN to 1 to start the conversions.
3. When the first conversion in continuous operation is complete (after 5129 system
clock cycles, plus the 40 cycles for power-up, if necessary), the ADC control logic
performs the following operations:
– CEN resets to 0 to indicate the first conversion is complete. CEN remains 0 for all
subsequent conversions in continuous operation.
– An interrupt request is sent to the Interrupt Controller to indicate the conversion is
complete.
4. Thereafter, the ADC writes a new 10-bit data result to {ADCD_H[7:0],
ADCD_L[7:6]} every 256 system clock cycles. An interrupt request is sent to the
Interrupt Controller when each conversion is complete.
5. To disable continuous conversion, clear the CONT bit in the ADC Control register
to 0.
DMA Control of the ADC

The Direct Memory Access (DMA) Controller can control operation of the ADC includ-
ing analog input selection and conversion enable. For more information on the DMA and
configuring for ADC operations refer to the chapter Direct Memory Access Controller
on page 152.
ADC Control Register Definitions
ADC Control Register

The ADC Control register selects the analog input channel and initiates the analog-to-dig-
ital conversion.
Table 85. ADC Control Register (ADCCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD CEN Reserved VREF CONT ANAIN[3:0]
RESET 0 0 1 0 0000
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
ADDR F70H

Z8 Encore!®
166
CEN—Conversion Enable
0 = Conversion is complete. Writing a 0 produces no effect. The ADC automatically clears
this bit to 0 when a conversion has been completed.
1 = Begin conversion. Writing a 1 to this bit starts a conversion. If a conversion is already
in progress, the conversion restarts. This bit remains 1 until the conversion is complete.
VREF
0 = Internal voltage reference generator enabled. The VREF pin should be left uncon-
nected (or capacitively coupled to analog ground) if the internal voltage reference is
selected as the ADC reference voltage.
1 = Internal voltage reference generator disabled. An external voltage reference must be
provided through the VREF pin.
CONT
0 = Single-shot conversion. ADC data is output once at completion of the 5129 system
clock cycles.
1 = Continuous conversion. ADC data updated every 256 system clock cycles.
ANAIN—Analog Input Select
These bits select the analog input for conversion. Not all Port pins in this list are available
in all packages for the Z8F642x family of products. Refer to the Signal and Pin Descrip-
tions chapter for information regarding the Port pins available with each package style. Do
not enable unavailable analog inputs.
0000 = ANA0
0001 = ANA1
0010 = ANA2
0011 = ANA3
0100 = ANA4
0101 = ANA5
0110 = ANA6
0111 = ANA7
1000 = ANA8
1001 = ANA9
1010 = ANA10
1011 = ANA11
11XX = Reserved.
ADC Data High Byte Register

The ADC Data High Byte register (Table 86) contains the upper eight bits of the 10-bit
ADC output. During a single-shot conversion, this value is invalid. Access to the ADC
Data High Byte register is read-only. The full 10-bit ADC result is given by
{ADCD_H[7:0], ADCD_L[7:6]}. Reading the ADC Data High Byte register latches data
in the ADC Low Bits register

Z8 Encore!®
167
Table 86. ADC Data High Byte Register (ADCD_H)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD ADCD_H
RESET X
R/W R
ADDR F72H
ADCD_H—ADC Data High Byte

This byte contains the upper eight bits of the 10-bit ADC output. These bits are not valid
during a single-shot conversion. During a continuous conversion, the last conversion out-
put is held in this register. These bits are undefined after a Reset.
ADC Data Low Bits Register

The ADC Data Low Bits register (Table 87) contains the lower two bits of the conversion
value. The data in the ADC Data Low Bits register is latched each time the ADC Data
High Byte register is read. Reading this register always returns the lower two bits of the
conversion last read into the ADC High Byte register. Access to the ADC Data Low Bits
register is read-only. The full 10-bit ADC result is given by {ADCD_H[7:0],
ADCD_L[7:6]}.
Table 87. ADC Data Low Bits Register (ADCD_L)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD ADCD_L Reserved
RESET X X
R/W R R
ADDR F73H
ADCD_L—ADC Data Low Bits

These are the least significant two bits of the 10-bit ADC output. These bits are undefined
after a Reset.
Reserved
These bits are reserved and are always undefined.

Z8 Encore!®
168
Flash Memory
Overview
The products in the Z8F642x family feature up to 64KB (65,536 bytes) of non-volatile
Flash memory with read/write/erase capability. The Flash memory can be programmed
and erased in-circuit by either user code or through the On-Chip Debugger.
The Flash memory array is arranged in 512-byte per page. The 512-byte page is the mini-
mum Flash block size that can be erased. The Flash memory is also divided into 8 sectors
which can be protected from programming and erase operations on a per sector basis.
Table 88 describes the Flash memory configuration for each device in the Z8F642x fam-
ily. Table 89 lists the sector address ranges. Figure 32 illustrates the Flash memory
arrangement.
Table 88. Flash Memory Configurations
Number of Program Memory Number of Pages per

Part Number Flash Size Pages Addresses Sector Size Sectors Sector
Z8F162x 16k (16,384) 32 0000H - 3FFFH 2k (2048) 8 4
Z8F242x 24k (24,576) 48 0000H - 5FFFH 4k (4096) 6 8
Z8F322x 32k (32,768) 64 0000H - 7FFFH 4k (4096) 8 8
Z8F482x 48k (49,152) 96 0000H - BFFFH 8k (8192) 6 16
Z8F642x 64k (65,536) 128 0000H - FFFFH 8k (8192) 8 16
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Flash Memory

Z8 Encore!®
169
Table 89. Flash Memory Sector Addresses
Flash Sector Address Ranges
Sector Number Z8F162x Z8F242x Z8F322x Z8F482x Z8F642x

0 0000H-07FFH 0000H-0FFFH 0000H-0FFFH 0000H-1FFFH 0000H-1FFFH
1 0800H-0FFFH 1000H-1FFFH 1000H-1FFFH 2000H-3FFFH 2000H-3FFFH
3 1800H-1FFFH 3000H-3FFFH 3000H-3FFFH 6000H-7FFFH 6000H-7FFFH
5 2800H-2FFFH 5000H-5FFFH 5000H-5FFFH A000H-BFFFH A000H-BFFFH
6 3000H-37FFH N/A 6000H-6FFFH N/A C000H-DFFFH
7 3800H-3FFFH N/A 7000H-7FFFH N/A E000H-FFFFH
64KB Flash
Program Memory
Addresses
FFFFH
FE00H
FDFFH
FC00H
FBFFH
FA00H
128 Pages
512 Bytes per Page
05FFH
0400H
03FFH
0200H
01FFH
0000H
Figure 32. Flash Memory Arrangement

Z8 Encore!®
170
Information Area
Table 90 describes the Z8F642x family Information Area. This 512-byte Information Area
is accessed by setting bit 7 of the Flash Page Select Register to 1. When access is enabled,
the Information Area is mapped into Program Memory and overlays the 512 bytes at
addresses FE00H to FFFFH. When the Information Area access is enabled, LDC instruc-
tions return data from the Information Area. CPU instruction fetches always comes from
Program Memory regardless of the Information Area access bit. Access to the Information
Area is read-only.
Table 90. Z8F642x family Information Area Map

FE00H-FE3FH Reserved
FE40H-FE53H Part Number
20-character ASCII alphanumeric code
Left justified and filled with zeros
FE54H-FFFFH Reserved
Operation
The Flash Controller provides the proper signals and timing for Byte Programming, Page
Erase, and Mass Erase of the Flash memory. The Flash Controller contains a protection
mechanism, via the Flash Control register (FCTL), to prevent accidental programming or
erasure. The following subsections provide details on the various operations (Lock,
Unlock, Sector Protect, Byte Programming, Page Erase, and Mass Erase).

Z8 Encore!®
171
Timing Using the Flash Frequency Registers

Before performing a program or erase operation on the Flash memory, the user must first
configure the Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers. The Flash Frequency regis-
ters allow programming and erasure of the Flash with system clock frequencies ranging
from 20kHz through 20MHz (the valid range is limited to the device operating frequen-
cies).
The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers combine to form a 16-bit value,
FFREQ, to control timing for Flash program and erase operations. The 16-bit Flash Fre-
quency value must contain the system clock frequency in kHz. This value is calculated
using the following equation:.
FFREQ[15:0] = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000
Caution: Flash programming and erasure are not supported for system clock fre-
quencies below 20kHz, above 20MHz, or outside of the device operating
frequency range. The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers must
be loaded with the correct value to insure proper Flash programming and
erase operations.
Flash Read Protection

The user code contained within the Flash memory can be protected from external access.
Programming the Flash Read Protect Option Bit prevents reading of user code by the On-
Chip Debugger or by using the Flash Controller Bypass mode. Refer to the Option Bits
chapter and the On-Chip Debugger chapter for more information.
Flash Write/Erase Protection

The Z8F642x family provides several levels of protection against accidental program and
erasure of the Flash memory contents. This protection is provided by the Flash Controller
unlock mechanism, the Flash Sector Protect register, and the Flash Write Protect option
bit.
Flash Controller Unlock Mechanism

At Reset, the Flash Controller locks to prevent accidental program or erasure of the Flash
memory. To program or erase the Flash memory, the Flash controller must be unlocked.
After unlocking the Flash Controller, the Flash can be programmed or erased. Any value
written by user code to the Flash Control register or Flash Page Select Register out of
sequence will lock the Flash Controller.
The proper steps to unlock the Flash Controller from user code are:
1. Write 00H to the Flash Control register to reset the Flash Controller.

Z8 Encore!®
172
2. Write the page to be programmed or erased to the Flash Page Select register.
3. Write the first unlock command 73H to the Flash Control register.
4. Write the second unlock command 8CH to the Flash Control register.
5. Re-write the page written in step 2 to the Flash Page Select register.
Flash Sector Protection

The Flash Sector Protect register can be configured to prevent sectors from being pro-
grammed or erased. Once a sector is protected, it cannot be unprotected by user code. The
Flash Sector Protect register will be cleared after reset and any previously written protec-
tion values will be lost. User code should write this register in their initialization routine if
they want to enable sector protection.
The Flash Sector Protect register shares its Register File address with the Flash Page
Select register. The Flash Sector Protect register is accessed by writing the Flash Control
register with 5EH. Once the Flash Sector Protect register is selected, it can be accessed at
the Flash Page Select Register address. When user code writes the Flash Sector Protect
register, bits can only be set to 1. Thus, sectors can be protected, but not unprotected, via
register write operations. Writing a value other than 5EH to the Flash Control register will
de-select the Flash Sector Protect register and re-enable access to the Flash Page Select
register.
The proper steps to setup the Flash Sector Protect register from user code are:
2. Write 5EH to the Flash Control register to select the Flash Sector Protect register.
3. Read and/or write the Flash Sector Protect register which is now at Register File
address FF9H.
4. Write 00H to the Flash Control register to return the Flash Controller to its reset state.
Flash Write Protection Option Bit

The Flash Write Protect option bit can be enabled to block all program and erase opera-
tions from user code. Refer to the Option Bits chapter for more information.
Byte Programming
When the Flash Controller is unlocked, writes to Program Memory from user code will
program a byte into the Flash if the address is located in the unlocked page. An erased
Flash byte contains all ones (FFH). The programming operation can only be used to
change bits from one to zero. To change a Flash bit (or multiple bits) from zero to one
requires a Page Erase or Mass Erase operation.
Byte Programming can be accomplished using the eZ8 CPU’s LDC or LDCI instructions.
Refer to the eZ8 CPU User Manual for a description of the LDC and LDCI instructions.

Z8 Encore!®
173
While the Flash Controller programs the Flash memory, the eZ8 CPU idles but the system
clock and on-chip peripherals continue to operate. Interrupts that occur when a Program-
ming operation is in progress will be serviced once the Programming operation is com-
plete. To exit Programming mode and lock the Flash Controller, write 00H to the Flash
Control register.
User code cannot program Flash Memory on a page that lies in a protected sector. When
user code writes memory locations, only addresses located in the unlocked page will be
programmed. Memory writes outside of the unlocked page are ignored.
Caution: Each memory location should not be programmed more than twice before
an erase occurs.
The proper steps to program the Flash from user code are:
2. Write the page of memory to be programmed to the Flash Page Select register.
6. Write Program Memory using LDC or LDCI instructions to program the Flash.
7. Repeat step 6 to program additional memory locations on the same page.
8. Write 00H to the Flash Control register to lock the Flash Controller.
Page Erase
The Flash memory can be erased one page (512 bytes) at a time. Page Erasing the Flash
memory sets all bytes in that page to the value FFH. The Flash Page Select register identi-
fies the page to be erased. While the Flash Controller executes the Page Erase operation,
the eZ8 CPU idles but the system clock and on-chip peripherals continue to operate. The
eZ8 CPU resumes operation after the Page Erase operation completes. Interrupts that
occur when the Page Erase operation is in progress will be serviced once the Page Erase
operation is complete. When the Page Erase operation is complete, the Flash Controller
returns to its locked state. Only pages located in unprotected sectors can be erased.
The proper steps to perform a Page Erase operation are:
2. Write the page to be erased to the Flash Page Select register.

Z8 Encore!®
174
6. Write the Page Erase command 95H to the Flash Control register.
Mass Erase
The Flash memory cannot be Mass Erased by user code.
Flash Controller Bypass

The Flash Controller can be bypassed and the control signals for the Flash memory
brought out to the GPIO pins. Bypassing the Flash Controller allows faster Programming
algorithms by controlling the Flash programming signals directly.
Flash Controller Bypass is recommended for gang programming applications and large
volume customers who do not require in-circuit programming of the Flash memory.
Please refer to the document entitled Third-Party Flash Programming Support for Z8
Encore!™ for more information on bypassing the Flash Controller. This document is
available for download at www.zilog.com.
Flash Controller Behavior in Debug Mode

The following changes in behavior of the Flash Controller occur when the Flash Control-
ler is accessed using the On-Chip Debugger:
• The Flash Write Protect option bit is ignored.
• The Flash Sector Protect register is ignored for programming and erase operations.
• Programming operations are not limited to the page selected in the Flash Page Select
register.
• Bits in the Flash Sector Protect register can be written to one or zero.
• The second write of the Flash Page Select register to unlock the Flash Controller is not
necessary.
• The Flash Page Select register can be written when the Flash Controller is unlocked.
• The Mass Erase command is enabled.

Z8 Encore!®
175
Flash Control Register Definitions
Flash Control Register

The Flash Control register (Table 91) unlocks the Flash Controller for programming and
erase operations, or to select the Flash Sector Protect register.
The Write-only Flash Control Register shares its Register File address with the Read-only
Flash Status Register.
Table 91. Flash Control Register (FCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD FCMD
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W W W W W W W W W
ADDR FF8H
FCMD—Flash Command
73H = First unlock command.
8CH = Second unlock command.
95H = Page erase command.
63H = Mass erase command
5EH = Flash Sector Protect register select.
* All other commands, or any command out of sequence, will lock the Flash Controller.

Z8 Encore!®
176
Flash Status Register

The Flash Status register (Table 92) indicates the current state of the Flash Controller. This
register can be read at any time. The Read-only Flash Status Register shares its Register
File address with the Write-only Flash Control Register.
Table 92. Flash Status Register (FSTAT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD Reserved FSTAT
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R R R R
ADDR FF8H
Reserved
FSTAT—Flash Controller Status
00_0000 = Flash Controller locked.
00_0001 = First unlock command received.
00_0010 = Second unlock command received.
00_0011 = Flash Controller unlocked.
00_0100 = Flash Sector Protect register selected.
00_1xxx = Program operation in progress.
01_0xxx = Page erase operation in progress.
10_0xxx = Mass erase operation in progress.

Z8 Encore!®
177
Flash Page Select Register

The Flash Page Select (FPS) register (Table 93) selects one of the 128 available Flash
memory pages to be erased or programmed. Each Flash Page contains 512 bytes of Flash
memory. During a Page Erase operation, all Flash memory locations with the 7 most sig-
nificant bits of the address given by the PAGE field will be erased to FFH.
The Flash Page Select register shares its Register File address with the Flash Sector Pro-
tect Register. The Flash Page Select register cannot be accessed when the Flash Sector
Protect register is enabled.
Table 93. Flash Page Select Register (FPS)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD INFO_EN PAGE
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FF9H
INFO_EN—Information Area Enable

0 = Information Area is not selected.
1 = Information Area is selected. The Information area is mapped into the Program Mem-
ory address space at addresses FE00H through FFFFH.
PAGE—Page Select
This 7-bit field selects the Flash memory page for Programming and Page Erase opera-
tions. Program Memory Address[15:9] = PAGE[6:0].

Z8 Encore!®
178
Flash Sector Protect Register

The Flash Sector Protect register (Table 94) protects Flash memory sectors from being
programmed or erased from user code. The Flash Sector Protect register shares its Regis-
ter File address with the Flash Page Select register. The Flash Sector protect register can
be accessed only after writing the Flash Control register with 5EH.
User code can only write bits in this register to 1 (bits cannot be cleared to 0 by user code).
Table 94. Flash Sector Protect Register (FPROT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD SECT7 SECT6 SECT5 SECT4 SECT3 SECT2 SECT1 SECT0
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R/W1 R/W1 R/W1 R/W1 R/W1 R/W1 R/W1 R/W1
ADDR FF9H
R/W1 = Register is accessible for Read operations. Register can be written to 1 only (via user code).
SECTn—Sector Protect
0 = Sector n can be programmed or erased from user code.
1 = Sector n is protected and cannot be programmed or erased from user code.
* User code can only write bits from 0 to 1.

Z8 Encore!®
179
Flash Frequency High and Low Byte Registers

The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte registers (Tables 95 and 96) combine to form a
16-bit value, FFREQ, to control timing for Flash program and erase operations. The 16-bit
Flash Frequency registers should be written with the system clock frequency in kHz for
Program and Erase operations. Calculate the Flash Frequency value using the following
equation:
FFREQ[15:0] = { FFREQH[7:0],FFREQL[7:0] } = System Clock Frequency-

--------------------------------------------------------------
1000
Caution: Flash programming and erasure is not supported for system clock frequen-
cies below 20kHz, above 20MHz, or outside of the valid operating fre-
quency range for the device. The Flash Frequency High and Low Byte
registers must be loaded with the correct value to insure proper program
and erase times.
Table 95. Flash Frequency High Byte Register (FFREQH)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD FFREQH
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FFAH
Table 96. Flash Frequency Low Byte Register (FFREQL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD FFREQL
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ADDR FFBH
FFREQH and FFREQL—Flash Frequency High and Low Bytes

These 2 bytes, {FFREQH[7:0], FFREQL[7:0]}, contain the 16-bit Flash Frequency value.

Z8 Encore!®
180
Option Bits
Overview
Option Bits allow user configuration of certain aspects of the Z8F642x family operation.
The feature configuration data is stored in the Program Memory and read during Reset.
The features available for control via the Option Bits are:
• Watch-Dog Timer time-out response selection–interrupt or Reset.
• Watch-Dog Timer enabled at Reset.
• The ability to prevent unwanted read access to user code in Program Memory.
• The ability to prevent accidental programming and erasure of the user code in
Program Memory.
• Voltage Brown-Out configuration-always enabled or disabled during STOP mode to
reduce STOP mode power consumption.
• Oscillator mode selection-for high, medium, and low power crystal oscillators, or
external RC oscillator.
Operation
Option Bit Configuration By Reset

Each time the Option Bits are programmed or erased, the device must be Reset for the
change to take place. During any reset operation (System Reset, Short Reset, or STOP
Mode Recovery), the Option Bits are automatically read from the Program Memory and
written to Option Configuration registers. The Option Configuration registers control
operation of the devices within the Z8F642x family. Option Bit control is established
before the device exits Reset and the eZ8 CPU begins code execution. The Option Config-
uration registers are not part of the Register File and are not accessible for read or write
access.
Option Bit Address Space

The first two bytes of Program Memory at addresses 0000H (Table 97)and 0001H
(Table 98) are reserved for the user Option Bits. The byte at Program Memory address
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Option Bits

Z8 Encore!®
181
0000H configures user options. The byte at Program Memory address 0001H is reserved
for future use and must be left in its unprogrammed state.
Program Memory Address 0000H
Table 97. Option Bits At Program Memory Address 0000H
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD WDT_RES WDT_AO OSC_SEL[1:0] VBO_AO RP Reserved FWP
RESET U U U U U U U U
ADDR Program Memory 0000H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
WDT_RES—Watch-Dog Timer Reset

0 = Watch-Dog Timer time-out generates an interrupt request. Interrupts must be globally
enabled for the eZ8 CPU to acknowledge the interrupt request.
1 = Watch-Dog Timer time-out causes a Short Reset. This setting is the default for unpro-
grammed (erased) Flash.
WDT_AO—Watch-Dog Timer Always On
0 = Watch-Dog Timer is automatically enabled upon application of system power. Watch-
Dog Timer can not be disabled except during STOP Mode (if configured to power down
during STOP Mode).
1 = Watch-Dog Timer is enabled upon execution of the WDT instruction. Once enabled,
the Watch-Dog Timer can only be disabled by a Reset or STOP Mode Recovery. This set-
ting is the default for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
OSC_SEL[1:0]—Oscillator Mode Selection
00 = On-chip oscillator configured for use with external RC networks (<4MHz).
01 = Minimum power for use with very low frequency crystals (32KHz to 1.0MHz).
10 = Medium power for use with medium frequency crystals or ceramic resonators
(0.5MHz to 10.0MHz).
11 = Maximum power for use with high frequency crystals (8.0MHz to 20.0MHz). This
setting is the default for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.
VBO_AO—Voltage Brown-Out Protection Always On
0 = Voltage Brown-Out Protection is disabled in STOP mode to reduce total power con-
sumption.
1 = Voltage Brown-Out Protection is always enabled including during STOP mode. This

Z8 Encore!®
182
RP—Read Protect
0 = User program code is inaccessible. Limited control features are available through the
On-Chip Debugger.
1 = User program code is accessible. All On-Chip Debugger commands are enabled. This
FWP—Flash Write Protect
FWP Description
0 Programming, Page Erase, and Mass Erase via User Code is disabled. Mass Erase is
available through the On-Chip Debugger.
1 Programming, Page Erase, and Mass Erase are enabled for all of Flash Program
Memory.
Program Memory Address 0001H
Table 98. Options Bits at Program Memory Address 0001H
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD Reserved
RESET U U U U U U U U
ADDR Program Memory 0001H
Note: U = Unchanged by Reset. R/W = Read/Write.
Reserved
These Option Bits are reserved for future use and must always be 1. This setting is the
default for unprogrammed (erased) Flash.

Z8 Encore!®
183
On-Chip Debugger
Overview
The Z8F642x family products contain an integrated On-Chip Debugger (OCD) that pro-
vides advanced debugging features including:
• Reading and writing of the Register File
• Reading and writing of Program and Data Memory
• Setting of Breakpoints
• Execution of eZ8 CPU instructions
Architecture
The On-Chip Debugger consists of four primary functional blocks: transmitter, receiver,
auto-baud generator, and debug controller. Figure 33 illustrates the architecture of the On-
Chip Debugger
System Auto-Baud eZ8 CPU

Clock Detector/Generator Control
Transmitter
Debug Controller
DBG
Pin Receiver
Figure 33. On-Chip Debugger Block Diagram
PS019906-1003 Preliminary On-Chip Debugger

Z8 Encore!®
184
Operation
OCD Interface
The On-Chip Debugger uses the DBG pin for communication with an external host. This
one-pin interface is a bi-directional open-drain interface that transmits and receives data.
Data transmission is half-duplex, in that transmit and receive cannot occur simultaneously.
The serial data on the DBG pin is sent using the standard asynchronous data format
defined in RS-232. This pin can interface the Z8F642x family products to the serial port of
a host PC using minimal external hardware.Two different methods for connecting the
DBG pin to an RS-232 interface are depicted in Figures 34 and 35.
Caution: For operation of the On-Chip Debugger, all power pins (VDD and AVDD)
must be supplied with power, and all ground pins (VSS and AVSS) must be
properly grounded.
The DBG pin is open-drain and must always be connected to VDD through
an external pull-up resistor to ensure proper operation.
VDD
RS-232
Transceiver 10K Ohm
Diode
RS-232 TX DBG Pin
RS-232 RX
Figure 34. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an RS-232 Interface (1)

Z8 Encore!®
185
VDD
RS-232
Transceiver 10K Ohm
Open-Drain
Buffer
RS-232 TX DBG Pin
RS-232 RX
Figure 35. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an RS-232 Interface (2)
Debug Mode
The operating characteristics of the Z8F642x family devices in Debug mode are:
• The eZ8 CPU fetch unit stops, idling the eZ8 CPU, unless directed by the OCD to
execute specific instructions.
• The system clock operates unless in STOP mode.
• All enabled on-chip peripherals operate unless in STOP mode.
• Automatically exits HALT mode.
• Constantly refreshes the Watch-Dog Timer, if enabled.
Entering Debug Mode

The device enters Debug mode following any of the following operations:
• Writing the DBGMODE bit in the OCD Control Register to 1 using the OCD interface.
• eZ8 CPU execution of a BRK (Breakpoint) instruction (when enabled).
• Match of PC to OCDCNTR register (when enabled)
• OCDCNTR register decrements to 0000H (when enabled)
• If the DBG pin is Low when the device exits Reset, the On-Chip Debugger
automatically puts the device into Debug mode.
Exiting Debug Mode

The device exits Debug mode following any of the following operations:
• Clearing the DBGMODE bit in the OCD Control Register to 0.

Z8 Encore!®
186
• Power-on reset
• Voltage Brown Out reset
• Asserting the RESET pin Low to initiate a Reset.
• Driving the DBG pin Low while the device is in STOP mode initiates a System Reset.
OCD Data Format

The OCD interface uses the asynchronous data format defined for RS-232. Each character
is transmitted as 1 Start bit, 8 data bits (least-significant bit first), and 1 Stop bit
(Figure 36).
START D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 STOP
Figure 36. OCD Data Format
OCD Auto-Baud Detector/Generator

To run over a range of baud rates (bits per second) with various system clock frequencies,
the On-Chip Debugger has an Auto-Baud Detector/Generator. After a reset, the OCD is
idle until it receives data. The OCD requires that the first character sent from the host is
the character 80H. The character 80H has eight continuous bits Low (one Start bit plus 7
data bits). The Auto-Baud Detector measures this period and sets the OCD Baud Rate
Generator accordingly.
The Auto-Baud Detector/Generator is clocked by the system clock. The minimum baud
rate is the system clock frequency divided by 512. For optimal operation, the maximum
recommended baud rate is the system clock frequency divided by 8. The theoretical maxi-
mum baud rate is the system clock frequency divided by 4. This theoretical maximum is
possible for low noise designs with clean signals. Table 99 lists minimum and recom-
mended maximum baud rates for sample crystal frequencies.
Table 99. OCD Baud-Rate Limits
System Clock Frequency Recommended Maximum Baud Rate Minimum Baud Rate
(MHz) (kbits/s) (kbits/s)
20.0 2500 39.1
1.0 125.0 1.96
0.032768 (32KHz) 4.096 0.064

Z8 Encore!®
187
If the OCD receives a Serial Break (nine or more continuous bits Low) the Auto-Baud
Detector/Generator resets. The Auto-Baud Detector/Generator can then be reconfigured
by sending 80H.
OCD Serial Errors

The On-Chip Debugger can detect any of the following error conditions on the DBG pin:
• Serial Break (a minimum of nine continuous bits Low)
• Framing Error (received Stop bit is Low)
• Transmit Collision (OCD and host simultaneous transmission detected by the OCD)
When the OCD detects one of these errors, it aborts any command currently in progress,
transmits a Serial Break 4096 system clock cycles long back to the host, and resets the
Auto-Baud Detector/Generator. A Framing Error or Transmit Collision may be caused by
the host sending a Serial Break to the OCD. Because of the open-drain nature of the inter-
face, returning a Serial Break break back to the host only extends the length of the Serial
Break if the host releases the Serial Break early.
The host should transmit a Serial Break on the DBG pin when first connecting to the
Z8F642x family device or when recovering from an error. A Serial Break from the host
resets the Auto-Baud Generator/Detector but does not reset the OCD Control register. A
Serial Break leaves the device in Debug mode if that is the current mode. The OCD is held
in Reset until the end of the Serial Break when the DBG pin returns High. Because of the
open-drain nature of the DBG pin, the host can send a Serial Break to the OCD even if the
OCD is transmitting a character.
Breakpoints
Execution Breakpoints are generated using the BRK instruction (opcode 00H). When the
eZ8 CPU decodes a BRK instruction, it signals the On-Chip Debugger. If Breakpoints are
enabled, the OCD idles the eZ8 CPU and enters Debug mode. If Breakpoints are not
enabled, the OCD ignores the BRK signal and the BRK instruction operates as an NOP.
If breakpoints are enabled, the OCD can be configured to automatically enter Debug
mode, or to loop on the break instruction. If the OCD is configured to loop on the BRK
instruction, then the CPU is still enabled to service DMA and interrupt requests.
The loop on BRK instruction can be used to service interrupts in the background. For
interrupts to be serviced in the background, there cannot be any breakpoints in the inter-
rupt service routine. Otherwise, the CPU stops on the breakpoint in the interrupt routine.
For interrupts to be serviced in the background, interrupts must also be enabled. Debug-
ging software should not automatically enable interrupts when using this feature, since
interrupts are typically disabled during critical sections of code where interrupts should
not occur (such as adjusting the stack pointer or modifying shared data).

Z8 Encore!®
188
Software can poll the IDLE bit of the OCDSTAT register to determine if the OCD is loop-
ing on a BRK instruction. When software wants to stop the CPU on the BRK instruction it
is looping on, software should not set the DBGMODE bit of the OCDCTL register. The
CPU may have vectored to and be in the middle of an interrupt service routine when this
bit gets set. Instead, software should clear the BRKLP bit. This allows the CPU to finish
the interrupt service routine it may be in and return the BRK instruction. When the CPU
returns to the BRK instruction it was previously looping on, it automatically sets the
DBGMODE bit and enter Debug mode.
Software should detect that the majority of the OCD commands are still disabled when the
eZ8 CPU is looping on a BRK instruction. The eZ8 CPU must be stopped and the part
must be in Debug mode before these commands can be issued.
Breakpoints in Flash Memory

The BRK instruction is opcode 00H, which corresponds to the fully programmed state of a
byte in Flash memory. To implement a Breakpoint, write 00H to the desired address, over-
writing the current instruction. To remove a Breakpoint, the corresponding page of Flash
memory must be erased and reprogrammed with the original data.
OCDCNTR Register
The On-Chip Debugger contains a multipurpose 16-bit Counter Register. It can be used
for the following:
• Count system clock cycles between Breakpoints.
• Generate a BRK when it counts down to zero.
• Generate a BRK when its value matches the Program Counter.
When configured as a counter, the OCDCNTR register starts counting when the On-Chip
Debugger leaves Debug mode and stops counting when it enters Debug mode again or
when it reaches the maximum count of FFFFH. The OCDCNTR register automatically
resets itself to 0000H when the OCD exits Debug mode if it is configured to count clock
cycles between breakpoints.
Caution: The OCDCNTR register is used by many of the OCD commands. It counts the
number of bytes for the register and memory read/write commands. It holds the
residual value when generating the CRC. Therefore, if the OCDCNTR is being
used to generate a BRK, its value should be written as a last step before leaving
Debug mode.
Because this register is overwritten by various OCD commands, it should only be used to
generate temporary breakpoints, such as stepping over CALL instructions or running to a
specific instruction and stopping.

Z8 Encore!®
189
On-Chip Debugger Commands

The host communicates to the On-Chip Debugger by sending OCD commands using the
DBG interface. During normal operation, only a subset of the OCD commands are avail-
able. In Debug mode, all OCD commands become available unless the user code and con-
trol registers are protected by programming the Read Protect Option Bit (RP). The Read
Protect Option Bit prevents the code in memory from being read out of the Z8F642x fam-
ily products. When this option is enabled, several of the OCD commands are disabled.
Table 100 contains a summary of the On-Chip Debugger commands. Each OCD com-
mand is described in further detail in the bulleted list following Table 100. Table 100 indi-
cates those commands that operate when the device is not in Debug mode (normal
operation) and those commands that are disabled by programming the Read Protect
Option Bit.
Table 100. On-Chip Debugger Commands
Enabled when NOT Disabled by

Debug Command Command Byte in Debug mode? Read Protect Option Bit
Read OCD Revision 00H Yes -
Write OCD Counter Register 01H - -
Read OCD Status Register 02H Yes -
Read Runtime Counter 03H - -
Write OCD Control Register 04H Yes Cannot clear DBGMODE bit
Read OCD Control Register 05H Yes -
Write Program Counter 06H - Disabled
Read Program Counter 07H - Disabled
Write Register 08H - Only writes of the Flash Memory Control
registers are allowed. Additionally, only the
Mass Erase command is allowed to be
written to the Flash Control register.
Read Register 09H - Disabled

-
Write Program Memory 0AH - Disabled
Read Program Memory 0BH - Disabled
Write Data Memory 0CH - Disabled
Read Data Memory 0DH - Disabled
Read Program Memory CRC 0EH - -
Reserved 0FH - -

Z8 Encore!®
190
Table 100. On-Chip Debugger Commands
Enabled when NOT Disabled by

Debug Command Command Byte in Debug mode? Read Protect Option Bit
Step Instruction 10H - Disabled
Stuff Instruction 11H - Disabled
Execute Instruction 12H - Disabled
Reserved 13H - FFH - -
In the following bulleted list of OCD Commands, data and commands sent from the host
to the On-Chip Debugger are identified by ’DBG ← Command/Data’. Data sent from the
On-Chip Debugger back to the host is identified by ’DBG → Data’
• Read OCD Revision (00H)—The Read OCD Revision command determines the
version of the On-Chip Debugger. If OCD commands are added, removed, or
changed, this revision number changes.
DBG ← 00H
DBG → OCDREV[15:8] (Major revision number)
DBG → OCDREV[7:0] (Minor revision number)
• Write OCD Counter Register (01H)—The Write OCD Counter Register command
writes the data that follows to the OCDCNTR register. If the device is not in Debug
mode, the data is discarded.
DBG ← 01H
DBG ← OCDCNTR[15:8]
DBG ← OCDCNTR[7:0]
• Read OCD Status Register (02H)—The Read OCD Status Register command reads
the OCDSTAT register.
DBG ← 02H
DBG → OCDSTAT[7:0]
• Read OCD Counter Register (03H)—The OCD Counter Register can be used to
count system clock cycles in between Breakpoints, generate a BRK when it counts
down to zero, or generate a BRK when its value matches the Program Counter. Since
this register is really a down counter, the returned value is inverted when this register
is read so the returned result appears to be an up counter. If the device is not in Debug
mode, this command returns FFFFH.
DBG ← 03H
DBG → ~OCDCNTR[15:8]
DBG → ~OCDCNTR[7:0]
• Write OCD Control Register (04H)—The Write OCD Control Register command
writes the data that follows to the OCDCTL register. When the Read Protect Option
Bit is enabled, the DBGMODE bit (OCDCTL[7]) can only be set to 1, it cannot be

Z8 Encore!®
191
cleared to 0 and the only method of putting the device back into normal operating
mode is to reset the device.
DBG ← 04H
DBG ← OCDCTL[7:0]
• Read OCD Control Register (05H)—The Read OCD Control Register command
reads the value of the OCDCTL register.
DBG ← 05H
DBG → OCDCTL[7:0]
• Write Program Counter (06H)—The Write Program Counter command writes the
data that follows to the eZ8 CPU’s Program Counter (PC). If the device is not in
Debug mode or if the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, the Program Counter (PC)
values are discarded.
DBG ← 06H
DBG ← ProgramCounter[15:8]
DBG ← ProgramCounter[7:0]
• Read Program Counter (07H)—The Read Program Counter command reads the
value in the eZ8 CPU’s Program Counter (PC). If the device is not in Debug mode or
if the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, this command returns FFFFH.
DBG ← 07H
DBG → ProgramCounter[15:8]
DBG → ProgramCounter[7:0]
• Write Register (08H)—The Write Register command writes data to the Register File.
Data can be written 1-256 bytes at a time (256 bytes can be written by setting size to
zero). If the device is not in Debug mode, the address and data values are discarded. If
the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, then only writes to the Flash Control Registers
are allowed and all other register write data values are discarded.
DBG ← 08H
DBG ← {4’h0,Register Address[11:8]}
DBG ← Register Address[7:0]
DBG ← Size[7:0]
DBG ← 1-256 data bytes
• Read Register (09H)—The Read Register command reads data from the Register
File. Data can be read 1-256 bytes at a time (256 bytes can be read by setting size to
zero). If the device is not in Debug mode or if the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled,
this command returns FFH for all the data values.
DBG ← 09H
DBG ← {4’h0,Register Address[11:8]
DBG ← Register Address[7:0]
DBG ← Size[7:0]
DBG → 1-256 data bytes

Z8 Encore!®
192
• Write Program Memory (0AH)—The Write Program Memory command writes data
to Program Memory. This command is equivalent to the LDC and LDCI instructions.
Data can be written 1-65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be written by setting size
to zero). The on-chip Flash Controller must be written to and unlocked for the
programming operation to occur. If the Flash Controller is not unlocked, the data is
discarded. If the device is not in Debug mode or if the Read Protect Option Bit is
enabled, the data is discarded.
DBG ← 0AH
DBG ← Program Memory Address[15:8]
DBG ← Size[15:8]
DBG ← Size[7:0]
• Read Program Memory (0BH)—The Read Program Memory command reads data
from Program Memory. This command is equivalent to the LDC and LDCI
instructions. Data can be read 1-65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be read by
setting size to zero). If the device is not in Debug mode or if the Read Protect Option
Bit is enabled, this command returns FFH for the data.
DBG ← 0BH
DBG ← Size[15:8]
DBG ← Size[7:0]
• Write Data Memory (0CH)—The Write Data Memory command writes data to Data
Memory. This command is equivalent to the LDE and LDEI instructions. Data can be
written 1-65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be written by setting size to zero). If
the device is not in Debug mode or if the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, the data
is discarded.
DBG ← 0CH
DBG ← Data Memory Address[15:8]
DBG ← Size[15:8]
DBG ← Size[7:0]
• Read Data Memory (0DH)—The Read Data Memory command reads from Data
Memory. This command is equivalent to the LDE and LDEI instructions. Data can be
read 1-65536 bytes at a time (65536 bytes can be read by setting size to zero). If the
device is not in Debug mode, this command returns FFH for the data.
DBG ← 0DH
DBG ← Size[15:8]

Z8 Encore!®
193
DBG ← Size[7:0]
• Read Program Memory CRC (0EH)—The Read Program Memory CRC command
computes and returns the CRC (cyclic redundancy check) of Program Memory using
the 16-bit CRC-CCITT polynomial. If the device is not in Debug mode, this command
returns FFFFH for the CRC value. Unlike most other OCD Read commands, there is a
delay from issuing of the command until the OCD returns the data. The OCD reads the
Program Memory, calculates the CRC value, and returns the result. The delay is a
function of the Program Memory size and is approximately equal to the system clock
period multiplied by the number of bytes in the Program Memory.
DBG ← 0EH
DBG → CRC[15:8]
DBG → CRC[7:0]
• Step Instruction (10H)—The Step Instruction command steps one assembly
instruction at the current Program Counter (PC) location. If the device is not in Debug
mode or the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, the OCD ignores this command.
DBG ← 10H
• Stuff Instruction (11H)—The Stuff Instruction command steps one assembly
instruction and allows specification of the first byte of the instruction. The remaining
0-4 bytes of the instruction are read from Program Memory. This command is useful
for stepping over instructions where the first byte of the instruction has been
overwritten by a Breakpoint. If the device is not in Debug mode or the Read Protect
Option Bit is enabled, the OCD ignores this command.
DBG ← 11H
DBG ← opcode[7:0]
• Execute Instruction (12H)—The Execute Instruction command allows sending an
entire instruction to be executed to the eZ8 CPU. This command can also step over
Breakpoints. The number of bytes to send for the instruction depends on the opcode. If
the device is not in Debug mode or the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, the OCD
ignores this command
DBG ← 12H
DBG ← 1-5 byte opcode
On-Chip Debugger Control Register Definitions
OCD Control Register

The OCD Control register (Table 101) controls the state of the On-Chip Debugger. This
register enters or exits Debug mode and enables the BRK instruction. It can also reset the
Z8F642x family device.

Z8 Encore!®
194
A “reset and stop” function can be achieved by writing 81H to this register. A “reset and
go” function can be achieved by writing 41H to this register. If the device is in Debug
mode, a “run” function can be implemented by writing 40H to this register.
Table 101. OCD Control Register (OCDCTL)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD DBGMODE BRKEN DBGACK BRKLOOP BRKPC BRKZRO Reserved RST
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R R R/W
DBGMODE—Debug Mode
Setting this bit to 1 causes the device to enter Debug mode. When in Debug mode, the eZ8
CPU stops fetching new instructions. Clearing this bit causes the eZ8 CPU to start running
again. This bit is automatically set when a BRK instruction is decoded and Breakpoints
are enabled. If the Read Protect Option Bit is enabled, this bit can only be cleared by reset-
ting the device, it cannot be written to 0.
0 = The Z8F642x family device is operating in Normal mode.
1 = The Z8F642x family device is in Debug mode.
BRKEN—Breakpoint Enable
This bit controls the behavior of the BRK instruction (opcode 00H). By default, Break-
points are disabled and the BRK instruction behaves like a NOP. If this bit is set to 1 and a
BRK instruction is decoded, the OCD takes action dependent upon the BRKLOOP bit.
0 = BRK instruction is disabled.
1 = BRK instruction is enabled.
DBGACK—Debug Acknowledge
This bit enables the debug acknowledge feature. If this bit is set to 1, then the OCD sends
an Debug Acknowledge character (FFH) to the host when a Breakpoint occurs.
0 = Debug Acknowledge is disabled.
1 = Debug Acknowledge is enabled.
BRKLOOP—Breakpoint Loop
This bit determines what action the OCD takes when a BRK instruction is decoded if
breakpoints are enabled (BRKEN is 1). If this bit is 0, then the DBGMODE bit is automat-
ically set to 1 and the OCD entered Debug mode. If BRKLOOP is set to 1, then the eZ8
CPU loops on the BRK instruction.
0 = BRK instruction sets DBGMODE to 1.
1 = eZ8 CPU loops on BRK instruction.
BRKPC—Break when PC == OCDCNTR
If this bit is set to 1, then the OCDCNTR register is used as a hardware breakpoint. When
the program counter matches the value in the OCDCNTR register, DBGMODE is auto-

Z8 Encore!®
195
matically set to 1. If this bit is set, the OCDCNTR register does not count when the CPU is
running.
0 = OCDCNTR is setup as counter
1 = OCDCNTR generates hardware break when PC == OCDCNTR
BRKZRO—Break when OCDCNTR == 0000H
If this bit is set, then the OCD automatically sets the DBGMODE bit when the OCD-
CNTR register counts down to 0000H. If this bit is set, the OCDCNTR register is not reset
when the part leaves DEBUG Mode.
0 = OCD does not generate BRK when OCDCNTR decrements to 0000H
1 = OCD sets DBGMODE to 1 when OCDCNTR decrements to 0000H
Reserved
RST—Reset
Setting this bit to 1 resets the Z8F642x family device. The device goes through a normal
Power-On Reset sequence with the exception that the On-Chip Debugger is not reset. This
bit is automatically cleared to 0 when the reset finishes.
0 = No effect.
1 = Reset the Z8F642x family device.
OCD Status Register

The OCD Status register (Table 102) reports status information about the current state of
the debugger and the system.
Table 102. OCD Status Register (OCDSTAT)
BITS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FIELD IDLE HALT RPEN Reserved
RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R/W R R R R R R R R
IDLE—CPU idling
This bit is set if the part is in Debug mode (DBGMODE is 1), or if a BRK instruction
occurred since the last time OCDCTL was written. This can be used to determine if the
CPU is running or if it is idling.
0 = The eZ8 CPU is running.
1 = The eZ8 CPU is either stopped or looping on a BRK instruction.
HALT—HALT Mode
0 = The device is not in HALT mode.
1 = The device is in HALT mode.

Z8 Encore!®
196
RPEN—Read Protect Option Bit Enabled

0 = The Read Protect Option Bit is disabled (1).
1 = The Read Protect Option Bit is enabled (0), disabling many OCD commands.
Reserved
These bits are always 0.

Z8 Encore!®
197
On-Chip Oscillator
Overview
The products in the Z8F642x family feature an on-chip oscillator for use with external
crystals with frequencies from 32KHz to 20MHz. In addition, the oscillator can support
external RC networks with oscillation frequencies up to 4MHz or ceramic resonators with
oscillation frequencies up to 20MHz. This oscillator generates the primary system clock
for the internal eZ8 CPU and the majority of the on-chip peripherals. Alternatively, the
XIN input pin can also accept a CMOS-level clock input signal (32kHz–20MHz). If an
external clock generator is used, the XOUT pin must be left unconnected.
When configured for use with crystal oscillators or external clock drivers, the frequency of
the signal on the XIN input pin determines the frequency of the system clock (that is, no
internal clock divider). In RC operation, the system clock is driven by a clock divider
(divide by 2) to ensure 50% duty cycle.
Operating Modes
The Z8F642x family products support 4 different oscillator modes:
• On-chip oscillator configured for use with external RC networks (<4MHz).
• Minimum power for use with very low frequency crystals (32KHz to 1.0MHz).
• Medium power for use with medium frequency crystals or ceramic resonators
(0.5MHz to 10.0MHz).
• Maximum power for use with high frequency crystals or ceramic resonators (8.0MHz
to 20.0MHz).
The oscillator mode is selected via user-programmable Option Bits. Please refer to the
Option Bits chapter for information.
Crystal Oscillator Operation

Figure 37 illustrates a recommended configuration for connection with an external funda-
mental-mode, parallel-resonant crystal operating at 20MHz. Recommended 20MHz crys-
tal specifications are provided in Table 103. Resistor R1 is optional and limits total power
dissipation by the crystal. The printed circuit board layout must add no more than 4pF of
PS019906-1003 Preliminary On-Chip Oscillator

Z8 Encore!®
198
stray capacitance to either the XIN or XOUT pins. If oscillation does not occur, reduce the
values of capacitors C1 and C2 to decrease loading.
On-Chip Oscillator
XIN XOUT
R1 = 220Ω
Crystal
C1 = 22pF C2 = 22pF
Figure 37. Recommended 20MHz Crystal Oscillator Configuration
Table 103. Recommended Crystal Oscillator Specifications (20MHz Operation)
Parameter Value Units Comments

Frequency 20 MHz
Resonance Parallel
Mode Fundamental
Series Resistance (RS) 25 Ω Maximum
Load Capacitance (CL) 20 pF Maximum
Shunt Capacitance (C0) 7 pF Maximum
Drive Level 1 mW Maximum

Z8 Encore!®
199
Oscillator Operation with an External RC Network

Figure 38 illustrates a recommended configuration for connection with an external resis-
tor-capacitor (RC) network.
VDD
XIN
Figure 38. Connecting the On-Chip Oscillator to an External RC Network
An external resistance value of 15kΩ is recommended for oscillator operation with an

external RC network. The minimum resistance value to ensure operation is 10kΩ. The
typical oscillator frequency can be estimated from the values of the resistor (R in kΩ) and
capacitor (C in pF) elements using the following equation:
6
1 ×10
Oscillator Frequency (kHz) = -------------------------------
-
( 1.5 × R × C )
Figure 39 illustrates the typical (3.3V and 250C) oscillator frequency as a function of the
capacitor (C in pF) employed in the RC network assuming a 15kΩ external resistor. For
very small values of C, the parasitic capacitance of the oscillator XIN pin and the printed
circuit board should be included in the estimation of the oscillator frequency.

Z8 Encore!®
200
1000
900
800
700
600
F (kHz)
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
C (pF)
Figure 39. Typical RC Oscillator Frequency as a Function of the External Capacitance with a 15kΩ Resistor

Z8 Encore!®
201
Electrical Characteristics
All data in this chapter is pre-qualification and pre-characterization and is subject to
change.
Absolute Maximum Ratings

Stresses greater than those listed in Table 104 may cause permanent damage to the device.
These ratings are stress ratings only. Operation of the device at any condition outside those
indicated in the operational sections of these specifications is not implied. Exposure to
absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
For improved reliability, unused inputs must be tied to one of the supply voltages (VDD or
VSS).
Table 104. Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter Minimum Maximum Units Notes

Ambient temperature under bias -40 +105 C
Storage temperature –65 +150 C
Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS –0.3 +5.5 V 1
Voltage on VDD pin with respect to VSS –0.3 +3.6 V
Maximum current on input and/or inactive output pin –5 +5 µA
Maximum output current from active output pin -25 +25 mA
80-Pin QFP Maximum Ratings at -40°C to 70°C
Total power dissipation 550 mW
Maximum current into VDD or out of VSS 150 mA
80-Pin QFP Maximum Ratings at 70°C to 105°C
Notes:
1. This voltage applies to all pins except the following: VDD, AVDD, pins supporting analog input (Ports B and H),
RESET, and where noted otherwise.
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Electrical Characteristics

Z8 Encore!®
202
Table 104. Absolute Maximum Ratings (Continued)
Parameter Minimum Maximum Units Notes

68-Pin PLCC Maximum Ratings at -40°C to 70°C
Total power dissipation 1.0 W
68-Pin PLCC Maximum Ratings at 700C to 1050C
Total power dissipation 500 W
64-Pin LQFP Maximum Ratings at -40°C to 70°C
Total power dissipation 1.0 W
64-Pin LQFP Maximum Ratings at 700C to 1050C
Total power dissipation 540 W
44-Pin PLCC Maximum Ratings at -40°C to 70°C
44-Pin PLCC Maximum Ratings at 700C to 1050C
44-pin LQFP Maximum Ratings at -40°C to 70°C
44-pin LQFP Maximum Ratings at 700C to 1050C
Notes:
1. This voltage applies to all pins except the following: VDD, AVDD, pins supporting analog input (Ports B and H),
RESET, and where noted otherwise.

Z8 Encore!®
203
DC Characteristics
Table 105 lists the DC characteristics of the Z8F642x family products. All voltages are
referenced to VSS, the primary system ground.
Table 105. DC Characteristics
TA = -400C to 1050C
Symbol Parameter Minimum Typical Maximum Units Conditions

VDD Supply Voltage 3.0 – 3.6 V
VIL1 Low Level Input Voltage -0.3 – 0.3*VDD V For all input pins except RESET,
DBG, XIN
VIL2 Low Level Input Voltage -0.3 – 0.2*VDD V For RESET, DBG, and XIN.
VIH1 High Level Input Voltage 0.7*VDD – 5.5 V Port A, C, D, E, F, and G pins.
VIH2 High Level Input Voltage 0.7*VDD – VDD+0.3 V Port B and H pins.
VIH3 High Level Input Voltage 0.8*VDD – VDD+0.3 V RESET, DBG, and XIN pins
VOL1 Low Level Output Voltage – – 0.4 V IOL = 2mA; VDD = 3.0V
Standard Drive High Output Drive disabled.
VOH1 High Level Output Voltage 2.4 – – V IOH = -2mA; VDD = 3.0V
Standard Drive High Output Drive disabled.
High Drive High Output Drive enabled
TA = -400C to +700C
VOH2 High Level Output Voltage 2.4 – – V IOH = -20mA; VDD = 3.3V
High Drive High Output Drive enabled;
TA = -400C to +700C
TA = +700C to +1050C
VOH3 High Level Output Voltage 2.4 – – V IOH = 15mA; VDD = 3.3V
TA = +700C to +1050C
IIL Input Leakage Current -5 – +5 µA VDD = 3.6V;
VIN = VDD or VSS1
ITL Tri-State Leakage Current -5 – +5 µA VDD = 3.6V
2
CPAD GPIO Port Pad Capacitance – 8.0 – pF
CXIN XIN Pad Capacitance – 8.02 – pF
2
CXOUT XOUT Pad Capacitance – 9.5 – pF

Z8 Encore!®
204
Table 105. DC Characteristics
TA = -400C to 1050C

IPU Weak Pull-up Current 30 100 350 µA VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V
ICCS1 Supply Current in STOP 600 µA VDD = 3.0V; 250C
Mode with VBO enabled
Mode with VBO disabled
Mode with VBO disabled
and WDT disabled.
1
This condition excludes all pins that have on-chip pull-ups, when driven Low.
2
These values are provided for design guidance only and are not tested in production.

Z8 Encore!®
205
Figure 40 illustrates the typical current consumption while operating at 25ºC, 3.3V, versus
the system clock frequency.
stics
TBD
Figure 40. Nominal ICC Versus System Clock Frequency

Z8 Encore!®
206
Figure 41 illustrates the typical current consumption in HALT mode while operating at
25ºC, 3.3V, versus the system clock frequency.
TBD
Figure 41. Nominal HALT Mode ICC Versus System Clock Frequency
On-Chip Peripheral AC and DC Electrical Characteristics

Table 106 Power-On Reset and Voltage Brown-Out electrical characteristics and timing.
Table 107 lists the Reset and STOP Mode Recovery pin timing.
Table 106. Power-On Reset and Voltage Brown-Out Electrical Characteristics and Timing
TA = -400C to 1050C
Symbol Parameter Minimum Typical1 Maximum Units Conditions

VPOR Power-On Reset Voltage 2.40 2.70 2.90 V VDD = VPOR
Threshold
VVBO Voltage Brown-Out Reset 2.30 2.60 2.85 V VDD = VVBO
Voltage Threshold
VPOR to VVBO hysteresis 50 100 – mV
Starting VDD voltage to – VSS – V
ensure valid Power-On
Reset.
TANA Power-On Reset Analog – 50 – µs VDD > VPOR; TPOR Digital
Delay Reset delay follows TANA
TPOR Power-On Reset Digital – 10.2 – ms 512 WDT Oscillator cycles
Delay (50KHz) + 16 System Clock
cycles (20MHz)
TVBO Voltage Brown-Out Pulse – 10 – µs VDD < VVBO to generate a
Rejection Period Reset.
TRAMP Time for VDD to transition 0.10 – 100 ms
from VSS to VPOR to ensure
valid Reset
1 Data in the typical column is from characterization at 3.3V and 00C. These values are provided for design guidance
only and are not tested in production.

Z8 Encore!®
207
Table 107. Reset and STOP Mode Recovery Pin Timing
TA = -400C to 1050C

TRESET RESET pin assertion to 4 – – TCLK Not in STOP Mode.
initiate a System Reset. TCLK = System Clock period.
TSMR STOP Mode Recovery pin 10 20 40 ns RESET, DBG, and GPIO pins
Pulse Rejection Period configured as SMR sources.
Table 108 list the Flash Memory electrical characteristics and timing. Table 109 lists the
Watch-Dog Timer electrical characteristics and timing.
Table 108. Flash Memory Electrical Characteristics and Timing
VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V

TA = -400C to 1050C
Parameter Minimum Typical Maximum Units Notes

Flash Byte Read Time 50 – – ns
Flash Byte Program Time 20 – 40 µs
Flash Page Erase Time 10 – – ms
Flash Mass Erase Time 200 – – ms
Writes to Single Address Before – – 2
Next Erase
Flash Row Program Time – – 8 ms Cumulative program time for
single row cannot exceed limit
before next erase. This parameter
is only an issue when bypassing
the Flash Controller.
Data Retention 100 – – years 250C
Endurance 10,000 – – cycles Program / erase cycles
Table 109. Watch-Dog Timer Electrical Characteristics and Timing
VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V

TA = -400C to 1050C

FWDT WDT Oscillator Frequency 5 10 20 kHz

Z8 Encore!®
208
Table 110 lists the Analog-to-Digital Converter electrical characteristics and timing.
Table 110. Analog-to-Digital Converter Electrical Characteristics and Timing
VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V

TA = -400C to 1050C

Resolution – 10 – bits External VREF = 3.0V;
RS <= 3.0kΩ
Differential Nonlinearity -1.0 – 1.0 LSB External VREF = 3.0V;
(DNL) RS <= 3.0kΩ
Integral Nonlinearity (INL) -3.0 – 3.0 LSB External VREF = 3.0V;
RS <= 3.0kΩ
DC Offset Error -35 – 25 mV
DC Offset Error -50 – 25 mV 44-pin LQFP, 44-pin
PLCC, and 68-pin PLCC
packages.
VREF Internal Reference Voltage – 2.0 – V
Single-Shot Conversion – 5129 – cycles System clock cycles
Time
Continuous Conversion Time – 256 – cycles System clock cycles
Sampling Rate System Clock / 256 Hz
Signal Input Bandwidth – – 3.5 kHz
RS Analog Source Impedance – – 101 kΩ
Zin Input Impedance 150 kΩ
VREF External Reference Voltage AVDD V AVDD <= VDD. When
using an external reference
voltage, decoupling
capacitance should be
placed from VREF to
AVSS.
IREF Current draw into VREF pin 25.0 40.0 µA
when driving with external
source.
1
Analog source impedance affects the ADC offset voltage (because of pin leakage) and input settling time.

Z8 Encore!®
209
AC Characteristics
The section provides information on the AC characteristics and timing. All AC timing
information assumes a standard load of 50pF on all outputs. Table 111 lists the Z8F642
family AC characteristics and timing.
Table 111. AC Characteristics
VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V

TA = -400C to 1050C
Symbol Parameter Minimum Maximum Units Conditions

Fsysclk System Clock Frequency – 20.0 MHz Read-only from Flash memory.
0.032768 20.0 MHz Program or erasure of the Flash
memory.
FXTAL Crystal Oscillator Frequency 1.0 20.0 MHz System clock frequencies below
the crystal oscillator minimum
require an external clock driver.
TXIN System Clock Period 50 – ns TCLK = 1/Fsysclk
TXINH System Clock High Time 20 30 ns TCLK = 50ns
TXINL System Clock Low Time 20 30 ns TCLK = 50ns
TXINR System Clock Rise Time – 3 ns TCLK = 50ns
TXINF System Clock Fall Time – 3 ns TCLK = 50ns

Z8 Encore!®
210
General Purpose I/O Port Input Data Sample Timing

Figure 42 illustrates timing of the GPIO Port input sampling. The input value on a GPIO
Port pin is sampled on the rising edge of the system clock. The Port value is then available
to the eZ8 CPU on the second rising clock edge following the change of the Port value.
Table 112 List the GPIO port input timing.
TCLK
System
Clock
Port Value
Changes to 0
Port Pin
Input Value
Port Input Data

0 Value May Be Read
Register Latch
From Port Input
Data Register
Figure 42. Port Input Sample Timing
Table 112. GPIO Port Input Timing
Delay (ns)
Parameter Abbreviation Min Max

TS_PORT Port Input Transition to XIN Rise Setup Time 5 –
(Not pictured)
TH_PORT XIN Rise to Port Input Transition Hold Time 5 –
(Not pictured)
TSMR GPIO Port Pin Pulse Width to Insure STOP Mode 1µs
Recovery
(for GPIO Port Pins enabled as SMR sources)

Z8 Encore!®
211
General Purpose I/O Port Output Timing

Figure 43 and Table 113 provide timing information for GPIO Port pins.
TCLK
XIN
T1 T2
Port Output
Figure 43. GPIO Port Output Timing
Table 113. GPIO Port Output Timing
Delay (ns)

GPIO Port pins
T1 XIN Rise to Port Output Valid Delay – 15
T2 XIN Rise to Port Output Hold Time 2 –

Z8 Encore!®
212
On-Chip Debugger Timing

Figure 44 and Table 114 provide timing information for the DBG pin. The DBG pin tim-
ing specifications assume a 4µs maximum rise and fall time.
TCLK
XIN
T1 T2
DBG Output Data

(Output)
T3 T4
DBG Input Data

(Input)
Figure 44. On-Chip Debugger Timing
Table 114. On-Chip Debugger Timing
Delay (ns)

DBG
T1 XIN Rise to DBG Valid Delay – 15
T2 XIN Rise to DBG Output Hold Time 2 –
T3 DBG to XIN Rise Input Setup Time 10 –
T4 DBG to XIN Rise Input Hold Time 5 –
DBG frequency System
Clock / 4

Z8 Encore!®
213
SPI Master Mode Timing

Figure 45 and Table 115 provide timing information for SPI Master mode pins. Timing is
shown with SCK rising edge used to source MOSI output data, SCK falling edge used to
sample MISO input data. Timing on the SS output pin(s) is controlled by software.
SCK
T1
MOSI Output Data

(Output)
T2 T3
MISO Input Data

(Input)
Figure 45. SPI Master Mode Timing
Table 115. SPI Master Mode Timing
Delay (ns)

SPI Master
T1 SCK Rise to MOSI output Valid Delay -5 +5
T2 MISO input to SCK (receive edge) Setup Time 20
T3 MISO input to SCK (receive edge) Hold Time 0

Z8 Encore!®
214
SPI Slave Mode Timing

Figure 46 and Table 116 provide timing information for the SPI slave mode pins. Timing
is shown with SCK rising edge used to source MISO output data, SCK falling edge used to
sample MOSI input data.
SCK
T1
MISO Output Data

(Output)
T2 T3
MOSI Input Data

(Input)
T4
SS
(Input)
Figure 46. SPI Slave Mode Timing
Table 116. SPI Slave Mode Timing
Delay (ns)

SPI Slave
T1 SCK (transmit edge) to MISO output Valid Delay 2 * Xin 3 * Xin
period period +
20 nsec
T2 MOSI input to SCK (receive edge) Setup Time 0
T3 MOSI input to SCK (receive edge) Hold Time 3 * Xin
period
T4 SS input assertion to SCK setup 1 * Xin
period

Z8 Encore!®
215
I2C Timing
Figure 47 and Table 117 provide timing information for I2C pins.
SCL
(Output)
T1
SDA Output Data

(Output)
T3
T2
SDA Input Data

(Input)
Figure 47. I2C Timing
Table 117. I2C Timing
Delay (ns)
Parameter Abbreviation Minimum Maximum

2
I C
T1 SCL Fall to SDA output delay SCL period/4
T2 SDA Input to SCL rising edge Setup Time 0
T3 SDA Input to SCL falling edge Hold Time 0

Z8 Encore!®
216
UART Timing
Figure 48 and Table 118 provide timing information for UART pins for the case where the
Clear To Send input pin (CTS) is used for flow control. In this example, it is assumed that
the Driver Enable polarity has been configured to be Active Low and is represented here
by DE. The CTS to DE assertion delay (T1) assumes the UART Transmit Data register has
been loaded with data prior to CTS assertion.
CTS
(Input)
T1
DE
(Output)
T2 T3
TXD Stop
Start Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7 Parity
(Output)
End of
Stop Bit(s)
Figure 48. UART Timing with CTS
Table 118. UART Timing with CTS
Delay (ns)

T1 CTS Fall to DE Assertion Delay 2 * XIN period 2 * XIN period
+ 1 Bit period
T2 DE Assertion to TXD Falling Edge (Start) Delay 1 Bit period 1 Bit period +
1 * XIN period
T3 End of Stop Bit(s) to DE Deassertion Delay 1 * XIN period 2 * XIN period

Z8 Encore!®
217
Figure 49 and Table 119 provide timing information for UART pins for the case where the
Clear To Send input signal (CTS) is not used for flow control. In this example, it is
assumed that the Driver Enable polarity has been configured to be Active Low and is rep-
resented here by DE. DE asserts after the UART Transmit Data Register has been written.
DE remains asserted for multiple characters as long as the Transmit Data register is writ-
ten with the next character before the current character has completed.
DE
(Output)
T1 T2
TXD Stop
Start Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7 Parity
(Output)
End of
Stop Bit(s)
Figure 49. UART Timing without CTS
Table 119. UART Timing without CTS
Delay (ns)

T1 DE Assertion to TXD Falling Edge (Start) Delay 1 Bit period 1 Bit period +
1 * XIN period
T2 End of Stop Bit(s) to DE Deassertion Delay 1 * XIN period 2 * XIN period

Z8 Encore!®
218
eZ8 CPU Instruction Set

Assembly Language Programming Introduction
The eZ8 CPU assembly language provides a means for writing an application program
without having to be concerned with actual memory addresses or machine instruction for-
mats. A program written in assembly language is called a source program. Assembly lan-
guage allows the use of symbolic addresses to identify memory locations. It also allows
mnemonic codes (opcodes and operands) to represent the instructions themselves. The
opcodes identify the instruction while the operands represent memory locations, registers,
or immediate data values.
Each assembly language program consists of a series of symbolic commands called state-
ments. Each statement can contain labels, operations, operands and comments.
Labels can be assigned to a particular instruction step in a source program. The label iden-
tifies that step in the program as an entry point for use by other instructions.
The assembly language also includes assembler directives that supplement the machine
instruction. The assembler directives, or pseudo-ops, are not translated into a machine
instruction. Rather, the pseudo-ops are interpreted as directives that control or assist the
assembly process.
The source program is processed (assembled) by the assembler to obtain a machine lan-
guage program called the object code. The object code is executed by the eZ8 CPU. An
example segment of an assembly language program is detailed in the following example.
Assembly Language Source Program Example

JP START ; Everything after the semicolon is a comment.
START: ; A label called “START”. The first instruction (JP START) in this
; example causes program execution to jump to the point within the
; program where the START label occurs.
LD R4, R7 ; A Load (LD) instruction with two operands. The first operand,
; Working Register R4, is the destination. The second operand,
; Working Register R7, is the source. The contents of R7 is
; written into R4.
LD 234H, #%01 ; Another Load (LD) instruction with two operands.
; The first operand, Extended Mode Register Address 234H,
; identifies the destination. The second operand, Immediate Data
PS019906-1003 Preliminary eZ8 CPU Instruction Set

Z8 Encore!®
219
; value 01H, is the source. The value 01H is written into the
; Register at address 234H.
Assembly Language Syntax

For proper instruction execution, eZ8 CPU assembly language syntax requires that the
operands be written as ‘destination, source’. After assembly, the object code usually has
the operands in the order ’source, destination’, but ordering is opcode-dependent. The fol-
lowing instruction examples illustrate the format of some basic assembly instructions and
the resulting object code produced by the assembler. This binary format must be followed
by users that prefer manual program coding or intend to implement their own assembler.
Example 1: If the contents of Registers 43H and 08H are added and the result is stored in
43H, the assembly syntax and resulting object code is:
Assembly Language Syntax Example 1
Assembly Language Code ADD 43H, 08H (ADD dst, src)
Object Code 04 08 43 (OPC src, dst)
Example 2: In general, when an instruction format requires an 8-bit register address, that
address can specify any register location in the range 0 - 255 or, using Escaped Mode
Addressing, a Working Register R0 - R15. If the contents of Register 43H and Working
Register R8 are added and the result is stored in 43H, the assembly syntax and resulting
object code is:
Assembly Language Syntax Example 2
Assembly Language Code ADD 43H, R8 (ADD dst, src)
Object Code 04 E8 43 (OPC src, dst)
See the device-specific Product Specification to determine the exact register file range
available. The register file size varies, depending on the device type.
eZ8 CPU Instruction Notation

In the eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary and Description sections, the operands, condition
codes, status flags, and address modes are represented by a notational shorthand that is
described in Table 120.

Z8 Encore!®
220
.
Table 120. Notational Shorthand
Notation Description Operand Range

b Bit b b represents a value from 0 to 7 (000B to 111B).
cc Condition Code — See Condition Codes overview in the eZ8 CPU User
Manual.
DA Direct Address Addrs Addrs. represents a number in the range of 0000H to
FFFFH
ER Extended Addressing Register Reg Reg. represents a number in the range of 000H to
FFFH
IM Immediate Data #Data Data is a number between 00H to FFH
Ir Indirect Working Register @Rn n = 0 –15
IR Indirect Register @Reg Reg. represents a number in the range of 00H to FFH
Irr Indirect Working Register Pair @RRp p = 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14
IRR Indirect Register Pair @Reg Reg. represents an even number in the range 00H to
FEH
p Polarity p Polarity is a single bit binary value of either 0B or 1B.
r Working Register Rn n = 0 – 15
R Register Reg Reg. represents a number in the range of 00H to FFH
RA Relative Address X X represents an index in the range of +127 to –128
which is an offset relative to the address of the next
instruction
rr Working Register Pair RRp p = 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 14
RR Register Pair Reg Reg. represents an even number in the range of 00H to
FEH
Vector Vector Address Vector Vector represents a number in the range of 00H to FFH
X Indexed #Index The register or register pair to be indexed is offset by
the signed Index value (#Index) in a +127 to -128
range.
Table 121 contains additional symbols that are used throughout the Instruction Summary
and Instruction Set Description sections.

Z8 Encore!®
221
Table 121. Additional Symbols
Symbol Definition
dst Destination Operand
src Source Operand
@ Indirect Address Prefix
SP Stack Pointer
PC Program Counter
FLAGS Flags Register
RP Register Pointer
# Immediate Operand Prefix
B Binary Number Suffix
% Hexadecimal Number Prefix
H Hexadecimal Number Suffix
Assignment of a value is indicated by an arrow. For example,

dst ← dst + src
indicates the source data is added to the destination data and the result is stored in the des-
tination location.

Z8 Encore!®
222
Condition Codes
The C, Z, S and V flags control the operation of the conditional jump (JP cc and JR cc)
instructions. Sixteen frequently useful functions of the flag settings are encoded in a 4-bit
field called the condition code (cc), which forms Bits 7:4 of the conditional jump instruc-
tions. The condition codes are summarized in Table 122. Some binary condition codes can
be created using more than one assembly code mnemonic. The result of the flag test oper-
ation decides if the conditional jump is executed.
Table 122. Condition Codes
Assembly
Binary Hex Mnemonic Definition Flag Test Operation
0000 0 F Always False –
0001 1 LT Less Than (S XOR V) = 1
0010 2 LE Less Than or Equal (Z OR (S XOR V)) = 1
0011 3 ULE Unsigned Less Than or Equal (C OR Z) = 1
0100 4 OV Overflow V=1
0101 5 Ml Minus S=1
0110 6 Z Zero Z=1
0110 6 EQ Equal Z=1
0111 7 C Carry C=1
0111 7 ULT Unsigned Less Than C=1
1000 8 T (or blank) Always True –
1001 9 GE Greater Than or Equal (S XOR V) = 0
1010 A GT Greater Than (Z OR (S XOR V)) = 0
1011 B UGT Unsigned Greater Than (C = 0 AND Z = 0) = 1
1100 C NOV No Overflow V=0
1101 D PL Plus S=0
1110 E NZ Non-Zero Z=0
1110 E NE Not Equal Z=0
1111 F NC No Carry C=0
1111 F UGE Unsigned Greater Than or Equal C = 0

Z8 Encore!®
223
eZ8 CPU Instruction Classes

eZ8 CPU instructions can be divided functionally into the following groups:
• Arithmetic
• Bit Manipulation
• Block Transfer
• CPU Control
• Load
• Logical
• Program Control
• Rotate and Shift
Tables 123 through 130 contain the instructions belonging to each group and the number
of operands required for each instruction. Some instructions appear in more than one table
as these instruction can be considered as a subset of more than one category. Within these
tables, the source operand is identified as ’src’, the destination operand is ’dst’ and a con-
dition code is ’cc’.
Table 123. Arithmetic Instructions
Mnemonic Operands Instruction

ADC dst, src Add with Carry
ADCX dst, src Add with Carry using Extended Addressing
ADD dst, src Add
ADDX dst, src Add using Extended Addressing
CP dst, src Compare
CPC dst, src Compare with Carry
CPCX dst, src Compare with Carry using Extended Addressing
CPX dst, src Compare using Extended Addressing
DA dst Decimal Adjust
DEC dst Decrement
DECW dst Decrement Word
INC dst Increment
INCW dst Increment Word
MULT dst Multiply

Z8 Encore!®
224
Table 123. Arithmetic Instructions (Continued)

SBC dst, src Subtract with Carry
SBCX dst, src Subtract with Carry using Extended Addressing
SUB dst, src Subtract
SUBX dst, src Subtract using Extended Addressing
Table 124. Bit Manipulation Instructions

BCLR bit, dst Bit Clear
BIT p, bit, dst Bit Set or Clear
BSET bit, dst Bit Set
BSWAP dst Bit Swap
CCF — Complement Carry Flag
RCF — Reset Carry Flag
SCF — Set Carry Flag
TCM dst, src Test Complement Under Mask
TCMX dst, src Test Complement Under Mask using Extended Addressing
TM dst, src Test Under Mask
TMX dst, src Test Under Mask using Extended Addressing
Table 125. Block Transfer Instructions

LDCI dst, src Load Constant to/from Program Memory and Auto-Increment
Addresses
LDEI dst, src Load External Data to/from Data Memory and Auto-Increment
Addresses

Z8 Encore!®
225
Table 126. CPU Control Instructions

CCF — Complement Carry Flag
DI — Disable Interrupts
EI — Enable Interrupts
HALT — HALT Mode
NOP — No Operation
RCF — Reset Carry Flag
SCF — Set Carry Flag
SRP src Set Register Pointer
STOP — STOP Mode
WDT — Watch-Dog Timer Refresh
Table 127. Load Instructions

CLR dst Clear
LD dst, src Load
LDC dst, src Load Constant to/from Program Memory
LDCI dst, src Load Constant to/from Program Memory and Auto-Increment
Addresses
LDE dst, src Load External Data to/from Data Memory
LDEI dst, src Load External Data to/from Data Memory and Auto-Increment
Addresses
LDX dst, src Load using Extended Addressing
LEA dst, X(src) Load Effective Address
POP dst Pop
POPX dst Pop using Extended Addressing
PUSH src Push
PUSHX src Push using Extended Addressing

Z8 Encore!®
226
Table 128. Logical Instructions

AND dst, src Logical AND
ANDX dst, src Logical AND using Extended Addressing
COM dst Complement
OR dst, src Logical OR
ORX dst, src Logical OR using Extended Addressing
XOR dst, src Logical Exclusive OR
XORX dst, src Logical Exclusive OR using Extended Addressing
Table 129. Program Control Instructions

BRK — On-Chip Debugger Break
BTJ p, bit, src, DA Bit Test and Jump
BTJNZ bit, src, DA Bit Test and Jump if Non-Zero
BTJZ bit, src, DA Bit Test and Jump if Zero
CALL dst Call Procedure
DJNZ dst, src, RA Decrement and Jump Non-Zero
IRET — Interrupt Return
JP dst Jump
JP cc dst Jump Conditional
JR DA Jump Relative
JR cc DA Jump Relative Conditional
RET — Return
TRAP vector Software Trap

Z8 Encore!®
227
Table 130. Rotate and Shift Instructions

BSWAP dst Bit Swap
RL dst Rotate Left
RLC dst Rotate Left through Carry
RR dst Rotate Right
RRC dst Rotate Right through Carry
SRA dst Shift Right Arithmetic
SRL dst Shift Right Logical
SWAP dst Swap Nibbles
eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary

Table 131 summarizes the eZ8 CPU instructions. The table identifies the addressing
modes employed by the instruction, the effect upon the Flags register, the number of CPU
clock cycles required for the instruction fetch, and the number of CPU clock cycles
required for the instruction execution.
.
Table 131. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary
Address Mode Flags

Assembly Opcode(s) Fetch Instr.
Mnemonic Symbolic Operation dst src (Hex) C Z S V D H Cycles Cycles
ADC dst, src dst ← dst + src + C r r 12 * * * * 0 * 2 3
r Ir 13 2 4
R R 14 3 3
R IR 15 3 4
R IM 16 3 3
IR IM 17 3 4
ADCX dst, src dst ← dst + src + C ER ER 18 * * * * 0 * 4 3
ER IM 19 4 3
Flags Notation: * = Value is a function of the result of the operation. 0 = Reset to 0

- = Unaffected 1 = Set to 1
X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
228
Table 131. eZ8 CPU Instruction Summary (Continued)
Address Mode Flags

ADD dst, src dst ← dst + src r r 02 * * * * 0 * 2 3
r Ir 03 2 4
R R 04 3 3
R IR 05 3 4
R IM 06 3 3
IR IM 07 3 4
ADDX dst, src dst ← dst + src ER ER 08 * * * * 0 * 4 3
ER IM 09 4 3
AND dst, src dst ← dst AND src r r 52 - * * 0 - - 2 3
r Ir 53 2 4
R R 54 3 3
R IR 55 3 4
R IM 56 3 3
IR IM 57 3 4
ANDX dst, src dst ← dst AND src ER ER 58 - * * 0 - - 4 3
ER IM 59 4 3
BCLR bit, dst dst[bit] ← 0 r E2 - * * 0 - - 2 2
BIT p, bit, dst dst[bit] ← p r E2 - * * 0 - - 2 2
BRK Debugger Break 00 - - - - - - 1 1
BSET bit, dst dst[bit] ← 1 r E2 - * * 0 - - 2 2
BSWAP dst dst[7:0] ← dst[0:7] R D5 X * * 0 - - 2 2
BTJ p, bit, src, dst if src[bit] = p r F6 - - - - - - 3 3
PC ← PC + X
Ir F7 3 4
BTJNZ bit, src, dst if src[bit] = 1 r F6 - - - - - - 3 3
PC ← PC + X
Ir F7 3 4

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
229
Address Mode Flags

BTJZ bit, src, dst if src[bit] = 0 r F6 - - - - - - 3 3
PC ← PC + X
Ir F7 3 4
CALL dst SP ← SP -2 IRR D4 - - - - - - 2 6
@SP ← PC
DA D6 3 3
PC ← dst
CCF C ← ~C EF * - - - - - 1 2
CLR dst dst ← 00H R B0 - - - - - - 2 2
IR B1 2 3
COM dst dst ← ~dst R 60 - * * 0 - - 2 2
IR 61 2 3
CP dst, src dst - src r r A2 * * * * - - 2 3
r Ir A3 2 4
R R A4 3 3
R IR A5 3 4
R IM A6 3 3
IR IM A7 3 4
CPC dst, src dst - src - C r r 1F A2 * * * * - - 3 3
r Ir 1F A3 3 4
R R 1F A4 4 3
R IR 1F A5 4 4
R IM 1F A6 4 3
IR IM 1F A7 4 4
CPCX dst, src dst - src - C ER ER 1F A8 * * * * - - 5 3
ER IM 1F A9 5 3
CPX dst, src dst - src ER ER A8 * * * * - - 4 3
ER IM A9 4 3

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
230
Address Mode Flags

DA dst dst ← DA(dst) R 40 * * * X - - 2 2
IR 41 2 3
DEC dst dst ← dst - 1 R 30 - * * * - - 2 2
IR 31 2 3
DECW dst dst ← dst - 1 RR 80 - * * * - - 2 5
IRR 81 2 6
DI IRQCTL[7] ← 0 8F - - - - - - 1 2
DJNZ dst, RA dst ← dst – 1 r 0A-FA - - - - - - 2 3
if dst ≠ 0
PC ← PC + X
EI IRQCTL[7] ← 1 9F - - - - - - 1 2
HALT HALT Mode 7F - - - - - - 1 2
INC dst dst ← dst + 1 R 20 - * * * - - 2 2
IR 21 2 3
r 0E-FE 1 2
INCW dst dst ← dst + 1 RR A0 - * * * - - 2 5
IRR A1 2 6
IRET FLAGS ← @SP BF * * * * * * 1 5
SP ← SP + 1
PC ← @SP
SP ← SP + 2
IRQCTL[7] ← 1
JP dst PC ← dst DA 8D - - - - - - 3 2
IRR C4 2 3
JP cc, dst if cc is true DA 0D-FD - - - - - - 3 2
PC ← dst
JR dst PC ← PC + X DA 8B - - - - - - 2 2
JR cc, dst if cc is true DA 0B-FB - - - - - - 2 2
PC ← PC + X

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
231
Address Mode Flags

LD dst, rc dst ← src r IM 0C-FC - - - - - - 2 2
r X(r) C7 3 3
X(r) r D7 3 4
r Ir E3 2 3
R R E4 3 2
R IR E5 3 4
R IM E6 3 2
IR IM E7 3 3
Ir r F3 2 3
IR R F5 3 3
LDC dst, src dst ← src r Irr C2 - - - - - - 2 5
Ir Irr C5 2 9
Irr r D2 2 5
LDCI dst, src dst ← src Ir Irr C3 - - - - - - 2 9
r←r+1
Irr Ir D3 2 9
rr ← rr + 1
LDE dst, src dst ← src r Irr 82 - - - - - - 2 5
Irr r 92 2 5
LDEI dst, src dst ← src Ir Irr 83 - - - - - - 2 9
r←r+1
Irr Ir 93 2 9
rr ← rr + 1

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
232
Address Mode Flags

LDX dst, src dst ← src r ER 84 - - - - - - 3 2
Ir ER 85 3 3
R IRR 86 3 4
IR IRR 87 3 5
r X(rr) 88 3 4
X(rr) r 89 3 4
ER r 94 3 2
ER Ir 95 3 3
IRR R 96 3 4
IRR IR 97 3 5
ER ER E8 4 2
ER IM E9 4 2
LEA dst, X(src) dst ← src + X r X(r) 98 - - - - - - 3 3
rr X(rr) 99 3 5
MULT dst dst[15:0] ← RR F4 - - - - - - 2 8
dst[15:8] * dst[7:0]
NOP No operation 0F - - - - - - 1 2
OR dst, src dst ← dst OR src r r 42 - * * 0 - - 2 3
r Ir 43 2 4
R R 44 3 3
R IR 45 3 4
R IM 46 3 3
IR IM 47 3 4
ORX dst, src dst ← dst OR src ER ER 48 - * * 0 - - 4 3
ER IM 49 4 3

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
233
Address Mode Flags

POP dst dst ← @SP R 50 - - - - - - 2 2
SP ← SP + 1
IR 51 2 3
POPX dst dst ← @SP ER D8 - - - - - - 3 2
SP ← SP + 1
PUSH src SP ← SP – 1 R 70 - - - - - - 2 2
@SP ← src
IR 71 2 3
PUSHX src SP ← SP – 1 ER C8 - - - - - - 3 2
@SP ← src
RCF C←0 CF 0 - - - - - 1 2
RET PC ← @SP AF - - - - - - 1 4
SP ← SP + 2
RL dst R 90 * * * * - - 2 2
C D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst IR 91 2 3
RLC dst R 10 * * * * - - 2 2
C D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
dst IR 11 2 3
RR dst R E0 * * * * - - 2 2
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 C
dst IR E1 2 3
RRC dst R C0 * * * * - - 2 2
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 C
dst IR C1 2 3

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
234
Address Mode Flags

SBC dst, src dst ← dst – src - C r r 32 * * * * 1 * 2 3
r Ir 33 2 4
R R 34 3 3
R IR 35 3 4
R IM 36 3 3
IR IM 37 3 4
SBCX dst, src dst ← dst – src - C ER ER 38 * * * * 1 * 4 3
ER IM 39 4 3
SCF C←1 DF 1 - - - - - 1 2
SRA dst R D0 * * * 0 - - 2 2
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 C
dst IR D1 2 3
SRL dst 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 C R 1F C0 * * 0 * - - 3 2
dst
IR 1F C1 3 3
SRP src RP ← src IM 01 - - - - - - 2 2

STOP STOP Mode 6F - - - - - - 1 2
SUB dst, src dst ← dst – src r r 22 * * * * 1 * 2 3
r Ir 23 2 4
R R 24 3 3
R IR 25 3 4
R IM 26 3 3
IR IM 27 3 4
SUBX dst, src dst ← dst – src ER ER 28 * * * * 1 * 4 3
ER IM 29 4 3
SWAP dst dst[7:4] ↔ dst[3:0] R F0 X * * X - - 2 2
IR F1 2 3

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
235
Address Mode Flags

TCM dst, src (NOT dst) AND src r r 62 - * * 0 - - 2 3
r Ir 63 2 4
R R 64 3 3
R IR 65 3 4
R IM 66 3 3
IR IM 67 3 4
TCMX dst, src (NOT dst) AND src ER ER 68 - * * 0 - - 4 3
ER IM 69 4 3
TM dst, src dst AND src r r 72 - * * 0 - - 2 3
r Ir 73 2 4
R R 74 3 3
R IR 75 3 4
R IM 76 3 3
IR IM 77 3 4
TMX dst, src dst AND src ER ER 78 - * * 0 - - 4 3
ER IM 79 4 3
TRAP Vector SP ← SP – 2 Vector F2 - - - - - - 2 6
@SP ← PC
SP ← SP – 1
@SP ← FLAGS
PC ← @Vector
WDT 5F - - - - - - 1 2

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
236
Address Mode Flags

XOR dst, src dst ← dst XOR src r r B2 - * * 0 - - 2 3
r Ir B3 2 4
R R B4 3 3
R IR B5 3 4
R IM B6 3 3
IR IM B7 3 4
XORX dst, src dst ← dst XOR src ER ER B8 - * * 0 - - 4 3
ER IM B9 4 3

X = Undefined

Z8 Encore!®
237
Flags Register
The Flags Register contains the status information regarding the most recent arithmetic,
logical, bit manipulation or rotate and shift operation. The Flags Register contains six bits
of status information that are set or cleared by CPU operations. Four of the bits (C, V, Z
and S) can be tested for use with conditional jump instructions. Two flags (H and D) can-
not be tested and are used for Binary-Coded Decimal (BCD) arithmetic.
The two remaining bits, User Flags (F1 and F2), are available as general-purpose status
bits. User Flags are unaffected by arithmetic operations and must be set or cleared by
instructions. The User Flags cannot be used with conditional Jumps. They are undefined at
initial power-up and are unaffected by Reset. Figure 50 illustrates the flags and their bit
positions in the Flags Register.
Bit Bit
7 0
C Z S V D H F2 F1 Flags Register
User Flags
Half Carry Flag
Decimal Adjust Flag
Overflow Flag
Sign Flag
Zero Flag
Carry Flag
U = Undefined
Figure 50. Flags Register
Interrupts, the Software Trap (TRAP) instruction, and Illegal Instruction Traps all write
the value of the Flags Register to the stack. Executing an Interrupt Return (IRET) instruc-
tion restores the value saved on the stack into the Flags Register.

Z8 Encore!®
238
Opcode Maps
A description of the opcode map data and the abbreviations are provided in Figure 51 and
Table 132. Figures 52 and 53 provide information on each of the eZ8 CPU instructions.
Opcode
Lower Nibble
Fetch Cycles Instruction Cycles
3.3
Opcode
Upper Nibble A CP
R2,R1
First Operand Second Operand

After Assembly After Assembly
Figure 51. Opcode Map Cell Description
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Opcode Maps

Z8 Encore!®
239
Table 132. Opcode Map Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description Abbreviation Description

b Bit position IRR Indirect Register Pair
cc Condition code p Polarity (0 or 1)
X 8-bit signed index or displacement r 4-bit Working Register
DA Destination address R 8-bit register
ER Extended Addressing register r1, R1, Ir1, Irr1, IR1, rr1, Destination address
RR1, IRR1, ER1
IM Immediate data value r2, R2, Ir2, Irr2, IR2, rr2, Source address
RR2, IRR2, ER2
Ir Indirect Working Register RA Relative
IR Indirect register rr Working Register Pair
Irr Indirect Working Register Pair RR Register Pair

Z8 Encore!®
240
Lower Nibble (Hex)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
1.2 2.2 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 3.2 1.2 1.2
0 BRK SRP ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADDX ADDX DJNZ JR LD JP INC NOP
IM r1,r2 r1,Ir2 R2,R1 IR2,R1 R1,IM IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1 r1,X cc,X r1,IM cc,DA r1
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 See 2nd
1 RLC RLC ADC ADC ADC ADC ADC ADC ADCX ADCX Opcode
R1 IR1 r1,r2 r1,Ir2 R2,R1 IR2,R1 R1,IM IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1 Map
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3
2 INC INC SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SUBX SUBX
R1 IR1 r1,r2 r1,Ir2 R2,R1 IR2,R1 R1,IM IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3
3 DEC DEC SBC SBC SBC SBC SBC SBC SBCX SBCX
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3
4 DA DA OR OR OR OR OR OR ORX ORX
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 1.2
5 POP POP AND AND AND AND AND AND ANDX ANDX WDT
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 1.2
6 COM COM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCMX TCMX STOP
Upper Nibble (Hex)
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 1.2
7 PUSH PUSH TM TM TM TM TM TM TMX TMX HALT
2.5 2.6 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.4 3.4 1.2
8 DECW DECW LDE LDEI LDX LDX LDX LDX LDX LDX DI
RR1 IRR1 r1,Irr2 Ir1,Irr2 r1,ER2 Ir1,ER2 IRR2,R1 IRR2,IR1 r1,rr2,X rr1,r2,X
2.2 2.3 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.3 3.5 1.2
9 RL RL LDE LDEI LDX LDX LDX LDX LEA LEA EI
R1 IR1 r2,Irr1 Ir2,Irr1 r2,ER1 Ir2,ER1 R2,IRR1 IR2,IRR1 r1,r2,X rr1,rr2,X
2.5 2.6 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 1.4
A INCW INCW CP CP CP CP CP CP CPX CPX RET
RR1 IRR1 r1,r2 r1,Ir2 R2,R1 IR2,R1 R1,IM IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
2.2 2.3 2.3 2.4 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.4 4.3 4.3 1.5
B CLR CLR XOR XOR XOR XOR XOR XOR XORX XORX IRET
2.2 2.3 2.5 2.9 2.3 2.9 3.4 3.2 1.2
C RRC RRC LDC LDCI JP LDC LD PUSHX RCF
R1 IR1 r1,Irr2 Ir1,Irr2 IRR1 Ir1,Irr2 r1,r2,X ER2
2.2 2.3 2.5 2.9 2.6 2.2 3.3 3.4 3.2 1.2
D SRA SRA LDC LDCI CALL BSWAP CALL LD POPX SCF
R1 IR1 r2,Irr1 Ir2,Irr1 IRR1 R1 DA r2,r1,X ER1
2.2 2.3 2.2 2.3 3.2 3.3 3.2 3.3 4.2 4.2 1.2
E RR RR BIT LD LD LD LD LD LDX LDX CCF
R1 IR1 p,b,r1 r1,Ir2 R2,R1 IR2,R1 R1,IM IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
2.2 2.3 2.6 2.3 2.8 3.3 3.3 3.4
F SWAP SWAP TRAP LD MULT LD BTJ BTJ
R1 IR1 Vector Ir1,r2 RR1 R2,IR1 p,b,r1,X p,b,Ir1,X
Figure 52. First Opcode Map

Z8 Encore!®
241
Lower Nibble (Hex)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
6
Upper Nibble (Hex)
3.3 3.4 4.3 4.4 4.3 4.4 5.3 5.3

A CPC CPC CPC CPC CPC CPC CPCX CPCX
r1,r2 r1,Ir2 R2,R1 IR2,R1 R1,IM IR1,IM ER2,ER1 IM,ER1
3.2 3.3
C SRL SRL
R1 IR1
Figure 53. Second Opcode Map after 1FH

Z8 Encore!®
242
Packaging
Figure 54 illustrates the 40-pin PDIP (plastic dual-inline package) available for the
Z8F1601, Z8F2401, Z8F3201, Z8F4801, and Z8F6401 devices.
Figure 54. 40-Lead Plastic Dual-Inline Package (PDIP)
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Packaging

Z8 Encore!TM
243
Figure 55 illustrates the 44-pin LQFP (low profile quad flat package) available for the
HD A
D A2
A1
E HE
DETAIL A
LE
e b
0-7°
Figure 55. 44-Lead Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP)

Z8 Encore!TM
244
Figure 56 illustrates the 44-pin PLCC (plastic lead chip carrier) package available for the
A
D A1
D1 0.71/0.51
DIM. FROM CENTER TO CENTER OF RADII

45° .028/.020
6 1 40
MILLIMETER INCH
7 39 SYMBOL
MIN MAX MIN MAX
1.321/1.067
0.052/0.042
e
A 4.27 4.57 0.168 0.180
0.51/0.36
0.020/0.014 A1 2.41 2.92 0.095 0.115
D2
E1 E M
D/E 17.40 17.65 0.685 0.695
0.81/0.66 D1/E1 16.51 16.66 0.650 0.656

0.032/0.026
D2 15.24 16.00 0.600 0.630
17 29
e 1.27 BSC 0.050 BSC
18 28 R 1.14/0.64 NOTES:
0.045/0.025 1. CONTROLLING DIMENSION : INCH
2. LEADS ARE COPLANAR WITHIN 0.004".
3. DIMENSION : MM
INCH
Figure 56. 44-Lead Plastic Lead Chip Carrier Package (PLCC)
Figure 56 illustrates the 64-pin LQFP (low-profile quad flat package) available for the
HD A
D A2
A1
E HE
DETAIL A
LE
c
e b
0-7°
Figure 57. 64-Lead Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP)

Z8 Encore!TM
245
Figure 58 illustrates the 68-pin PLCC (plastic lead chip carrier) package available for the
Figure 58. 68-Lead Plastic Lead Chip Carrier Package (PLCC)

Z8 Encore!TM
246
Figure 59 illustrates the 80-pin QFP (quad flat package) available for the Z8F4823 and
Z8F6423 devices.
HD
A2
D
64 41 A1 MILLIMETER INCH
SYMBOL
MIN MAX MIN MAX
A1 0.10 0.38 .004 .015
65 40
A2 2.60 2.80 .102 .110
b 0.30 0.45 .012 .018
c 0.13 0.20 .005 .008
E HE HD 23.70 24.15 .933 .951
D 19.90 20.10 .783 .791
HE 17.70 18.15 .697 .715
E 13.90 14.10 .547 .555
80 25
e 0.80 BSC .0315 BSC
L 0.70 1.10 .028 .043
1 24 c
b e DETAIL A
NOTES:
CONTROLLING DIMENSIONS : MILLIMETER
2. LEAD COPLANARITY : MAX .10
.004"
0-10°
DETAIL A
Figure 59. 80-Lead Quad-Flat Package (QFP)

Z8 Encore!TM
247
Ordering Information
Table 133. Ordering Information
Flash RAM Max. Speed Temp Voltage

Part KB (Bytes) KB (Bytes) (MHz) (0C) (V) Package Part Number
Z8 Encore!® with 16KB Flash, Standard Temperature
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PDIP-40 Z8F1621PM020SC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 LQFP-44 Z8F1621AN020SC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-44 Z8F1621VN020SC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 LQFP-64 Z8F1622AR020SC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-68 Z8F1622VS020SC
Z8 Encore!® 24 (24,576 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PDIP-40 Z8F2421PM020SC
®
Z8 Encore! 32 (32,768) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-44 Z8F3221VN020SC
®
Z8 Encore! 32 (32,768) 2 (2048) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-68 Z8F3222VS020SC
®
Z8 Encore! 48 (49,152) 4 (4096) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-44 Z8F4821VN020SC
®
Z8 Encore! 48 (49,152) 4 (4096) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-68 Z8F4822VS020SC
Z8 Encore!® 48 (49,152) 4 (4096) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 QFP-80 Z8F4823FT020SC
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Ordering Information

Z8 Encore!TM
248
Table 133. Ordering Information (Continued)

Z8 Encore!® 64 (65,536) 4 (4096) 20 0 to +70 3.0 - 3.6 QFP-80 Z8F6423FT020SC
Z8 Encore!® with 16KB Flash, Extended Temperature
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PDIP-40 Z8F1621PM020EC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 LQFP-44 Z8F1621AN020EC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-44 Z8F1621VN020EC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 LQFP-64 Z8F1622AR020EC
Z8 Encore!® 16 (16,384) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-68 Z8F1622VS020EC
®
Z8 Encore! 24 (24,576) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-44 Z8F2421VN020EC
®
Z8 Encore! 24 (24,576) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-68 Z8F2422VS020EC
®
Z8 Encore! 32 (32,768) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-44 Z8F3221VN020EC
®
Z8 Encore! 32 (32,768) 2 (2048) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 PLCC-68 Z8F3222VS020EC

Z8 Encore!TM
249
Table 133. Ordering Information (Continued)

Z8 Encore!® 48 (49,152) 4 (4096) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 QFP-80 Z8F4823FT020EC
Z8 Encore!® 64 (65,536) 4 (4096) 20 -40 to +105 3.0 - 3.6 QFP-80 Z8F6423FT020EC
Z8 Encore! ® Development Tools
Z8 Encore!® Evaluation Kit Z864200100KIT
To gain access to technical and customer support, hardware and software development
tools, visit the ZiLOG web site at www.zilog.com. The latest released version of ZDS can
be downloaded from this site.

Z8 Encore!TM
250
Part Number Description

ZiLOG part numbers consist of a number of components, as indicated in the following
examples:
ZiLOG Base Products
Z8 ZiLOG 8-bit microcontroller product
F6421 Product Number
A Package
N Pin Count
020 Speed
E or S Temperature
C Environmental Flow
Packages A = LQFP
F = QFP
P = PDIP
V = PLCC
Pin Count M = 40 pins
N = 44 pins
R = 64 pins
S = 68 pins
T = 80 pins
Speed 020 = 20MHz
Temperature E = -40ºC to +105ºC
S = 0ºC to +70ºC
Environmental Flow C = Plastic-Standard
Example: Part number Z8F6421AN020SC is an 8-bit microcontroller product in an LQFP package,

using 44 pins, operating with a maximum 20MHz external clock frequency over a 0ºC to +70ºC
temperature range and built using the Plastic-Standard environmental flow.
Precharacterization Product
The product represented by this document is newly introduced and ZiLOG has not com-
pleted the full characterization of the product. The document states what ZiLOG knows
about this product at this time, but additional features or nonconformance with some
aspects of the document might be found, either by ZiLOG or its customers in the course of
further application and characterization work. In addition, ZiLOG cautions that delivery
might be uncertain at times, due to start-up yield issues.
ZiLOG, Inc.

Z8 Encore!TM
251
532 Race Street

San Jose, CA 95126
Telephone (408) 558-8500
FAX 408 558-8300
Internet: www.zilog.com
Document Information
Document Number Description
The Document Control Number that appears in the footer on each page of this document
contains unique identifying attributes, as indicated by the example in the following table:
PS Product Specification
0176 Unique Document Number
01 Revision Number
0702 Month and Year Published
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Document Information

Z8 Encore!TM
252
Customer Feedback Form

The Z8 Encore!® Product Specification
If you experience any problems while operating this product, or if you note any inaccuracies while reading
this Product Specification, please copy and complete this form, then mail or fax it to ZiLOG (see Return
Information, below). We also welcome your suggestions!
Customer Information
Name Country
Company Phone
Address Fax
City/State/Zip E-Mail
Product Information
Part #, Serial #, Board Fab #, or Rev. #
Software Version
Document Number
Host Computer Description/Type
Return Information
ZiLOG, Inc.
532 Race Street
San Jose, CA 95126
Fax: (408) 558-8536
Email: tools@zilog.com
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Customer Feedback Form

Z8 Encore!TM
253
Problem Description or Suggestion

Provide a complete description of the problem or your suggestion. If you are reporting a specific problem,
include all steps leading up to the occurrence of the problem. Attach additional pages as necessary.
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Customer Feedback Form

Z8 Encore!®
254
Index additional symbols 221

address space 17
ADDX 223
analog signals 14
Symbols analog-to-digital converter (ADC) 162
# 221 AND 226
% 221 ANDX 226
@ 221 arithmetic instructions 223
assembly language programming 218
assembly language syntax 219
Numerics
10-bit ADC 4
40-lead plastic dual-inline package 242 B
44-lead low-profile quad flat package 243 B 221
44-lead plastic lead chip carrier package 244 b 220
64-lead low-profile quad flat package 244 baud rate generator, UART 110
68-lead plastic lead chip carrier package 245 BCLR 224
80-lead quad flat package 246 binary number suffix 221
BIT 224
bit 220
A clear 224
absolute maximum ratings 201 manipulation instructions 224
AC characteristics 209 set 224
ADC 223 set or clear 224
architecture 162 swap 224
automatic power-down 163 test and jump 226
block diagram 163 test and jump if non-zero 226
continuous conversion 164 test and jump if zero 226
control register 165 bit jump and test if non-zero 226
control register definitions 165 bit swap 227
data high byte register 166 block diagram 3
data low bits register 167 block transfer instructions 224
DMA control 165 BRK 226
electrical characteristics and timing 208 BSET 224
operation 163 BSWAP 224, 227
single-shot conversion 163 BTJ 226
ADCCTL register 165 BTJNZ 226
ADCDH register 166 BTJZ 226
ADCDL register 167
ADCX 223
ADD 223 C
add - extended addressing 223 CALL procedure 226
add with carry 223 capture mode 91
add with carry - extended addressing 223 capture/compare mode 91
PS019906-1003 Preliminary Index

Z8 Encore!®
255
cc 220 direct address 220

CCF 225 direct memory access controller 152
characteristics, electrical 201 disable interrupts 225
clear 225 DJNZ 226
clock phase (SPI) 129 DMA
CLR 225 address high nibble register 156
COM 226 configuring for DMA_ADC data transfer 154
compare 91 confiigurting DMA0-1 data transfer 153
compare - extended addressing 223 control of ADC 165
compare mode 91 control register 154
compare with carry 223 control register definitions 154
compare with carry - extended addressing 223 controller 5
complement 226 DMA_ADC address register 158
complement carry flag 224, 225 DMA_ADC control register 159
condition code 220 DMA_ADC operation 153
continuous conversion (ADC) 164 end address low byte register 157
continuous mode 91 I/O address register 156
control register definition, UART 111 operation 152
control register, I2C 148 start/current address low byte register 157
counter modes 91 status register 160
CP 223 DMAA_STAT register 160
CPC 223 DMAACTL register 159
CPCX 223 DMAxCTL register 155
CPU and peripheral overview 3 DMAxEND register 158
CPU control instructions 225 DMAxH register 156
CPX 223 DMAxI/O address (DMAxIO) 156
customer feedback form 252 DMAxIO register 156
customer information 252 DMAxSTART register 157
document number description 251
dst 221
D
DA 220, 223
data register, I2C 146 E
DC characteristics 203 EI 225
debugger, on-chip 183 electrical characteristics 201
DEC 223 ADC 208
decimal adjust 223 flash memory and timing 207
decrement 223 GPIO input data sample timing 210
decrement and jump non-zero 226 watch-dog timer 207
decrement word 223 enable interrupt 225
DECW 223 ER 220
destination operand 221 extended addressing register 220
device, port availability 52 external pin reset 48
DI 225 eZ8 CPU features 3

Z8 Encore!®
256
eZ8 CPU instruction classes 223 control register definitions 55

eZ8 CPU instruction notation 219 input data sample timing 210
eZ8 CPU instruction set 218 interrupts 55
eZ8 CPU instruction summary 227 port A-H address registers 56
port A-H alternate function sub-registers 58
port A-H control registers 57
F port A-H data direction sub-registers 58
FCTL register 175 port A-H high drive enable sub-registers 60
features, Z8 Encore! 1 port A-H input data registers 61
first opcode map 240 port A-H output control sub-registers 59
FLAGS 221 port A-H output data registers 62
flags register 221 port A-H STOP mode recovery sub-registers 60
flash port availability by device 52
controller 4 port input timing 210
option bit address space 180 port output timing 211
option bit configuration - reset 180
program memory address 0000H 181
program memory address 0001H 182 H
flash memory 168 H 221
arrrangement 169 HALT 225
byte programming 172 halt mode 51, 225
code protection 171 hexadecimal number prefix/suffix 221
configurations 168
control register definitions 175
controller bypass 174 I
electrical characteristics and timing 207 I2C 4
flash control register 175 10-bit address read transaction 145
flash status register 176 10-bit address transaction 143
frequency high and low byte registers 179 10-bit addressed slave data transfer format 143
mass erase 174 10-bit receive data format 145
operation 170 7-bit address transaction 142
operation timing 171 7-bit address, reading a transaction 144
page erase 173 7-bit addressed slave data transfer format 142
page select register 177 7-bit receive data transfer format 144
FPS register 177 baud high and low byte registers 149, 151
FSTAT register 176 C status register 147
control register definitions 146
controller 140
G controller signals 13
gated mode 91 interrupts 141
general-purpose I/O 52 operation 140
GPIO 4, 52 SDA and SCL signals 140
alternate functions 53 stop and start conditions 141
architecture 52 I2CBRH register 150, 151

Z8 Encore!®
257
I2CBRL register 150 CPU control 225

I2CCTL register 148 CPX 223
I2CDATA register 147 DA 223
I2CSTAT register 147 DEC 223
IM 220 DECW 223
immediate data 220 DI 225
immediate operand prefix 221 DJNZ 226
INC 223 EI 225
increment 223 HALT 225
increment word 223 INC 223
INCW 223 INCW 223
indexed 220 IRET 226
indirect address prefix 221 JP 226
indirect register 220 LD 225
indirect register pair 220 LDC 225
indirect working register 220 LDCI 224, 225
indirect working register pair 220 LDE 225
infrared encoder/decoder (IrDA) 121 LDEI 224
instruction set, ez8 CPU 218 LDX 225
instructions LEA 225
ADC 223 load 225
ADCX 223 logical 226
ADD 223 MULT 223
ADDX 223 NOP 225
AND 226 OR 226
ANDX 226 ORX 226
arithmetic 223 POP 225
BCLR 224 POPX 225
BIT 224 program control 226
bit manipulation 224 PUSH 225
block transfer 224 PUSHX 225
BRK 226 RCF 224, 225
BSET 224 RET 226
BSWAP 224, 227 RL 227
BTJ 226 RLC 227
BTJNZ 226 rotate and shift 227
BTJZ 226 RR 227
CALL 226 RRC 227
CCF 224, 225 SBC 224
CLR 225 SCF 224, 225
COM 226 SRA 227
CP 223 SRL 227
CPC 223 SRP 225
CPCX 223 STOP 225

Z8 Encore!®
258
SUB 224 IRQ0 enable high and low bit registers 71

SUBX 224 IRQ1 enable high and low bit registers 72
SWAP 227 IRQ2 enable high and low bit registers 73
TCM 224 IRR 220
TCMX 224 Irr 220
TM 224
TMX 224
TRAP 226 J
watch-dog timer refresh 225 JP 226
XOR 226 jump, conditional, relative, and relative conditional
XORX 226 226
instructions, eZ8 classes of 223
interrupt control register 76
interrupt controller 5, 63 L
architecture 63 LD 225
interrupt assertion types 66 LDC 225
interrupt vectors and priority 66 LDCI 224, 225
operation 65 LDE 225
register definitions 67 LDEI 224, 225
software interrupt assertion 66 LDX 225
interrupt edge select register 74 LEA 225
interrupt port select register 75 load 225
interrupt request 0 register 67 load constant 224
interrupt request 1 register 68 load constant to/from program memory 225
interrupt request 2 register 70 load constant with auto-increment addresses 225
interrupt return 226 load effective address 225
interrupt vector listing 63 load external data 225
interrupts load external data to/from data memory and auto-
not acknowledge 141 increment addresses 224
receive 141 load external to/from data memory and auto-incre-
SPI 132 ment addresses 225
transmit 141 load instructions 225
UART 108 load using extended addressing 225
introduction 1 logical AND 226
IR 220 logical AND/extended addressing 226
Ir 220 logical exclusive OR 226
IrDA logical exclusive OR/extended addressing 226
architecture 121 logical instructions 226
block diagram 121 logical OR 226
control register definitions 125 logical OR/extended addressing 226
operation 122 low power modes 50
receiving data 123 LQFP
transmitting data 122 44 lead 243
IRET 226 64 lead 244

Z8 Encore!®
259
M O
master interrupt enable 65 OCD
master-in, slave-out and-in 128 architecture 183
memory auto-baud detector/generator 186
program 18 baud rate limits 186
MISO 128 block diagram 183
mode breakpoints 187
capture 91 commands 189
capture/compare 91 control register 193
continuous 91 data format 186
counter 91 DBG pin to RS-232 Interface 184
gated 91 debug mode 185
one-shot 91 debugger break 226
PWM 91 interface 184
modes 91 serial errors 187
MOSI 128 status register 195
MULT 223 timing 212
multiply 223 OCD commands
multiprocessor mode, UART 106 execute instruction (12H) 193
read data memory (0DH) 192
read OCD control register (05H) 191
N read OCD revision (00H) 190
read OCD status register (02H) 190
NOP (no operation) 225
read program counter (07H) 191
not acknowledge interrupt 141 read program memory (0BH) 192
notation read program memory CRC (0EH) 193
b 220 read register (09H) 191
cc 220 read runtime counter (03H) 190
DA 220 step instruction (10H) 193
ER 220 stuff instruction (11H) 193
IM 220 write data memory (0CH) 192
IR 220 write OCD control register (04H) 190
Ir 220 write program counter (06H) 191
IRR 220 write program memory (0AH) 192
Irr 220 write register (08H) 191
p 220 on-chip debugger 5
R 220 on-chip debugger (OCD) 183
r 220 on-chip debugger signals 15
RA 220 on-chip oscillator 197
RR 220 one-shot mode 91
rr 220 opcode map
vector 220 abbreviations 239
X 220 cell description 238
notational shorthand 220 first 240

Z8 Encore!®
260
second after 1FH 241 program counter 221

Operational Description 100 program memory 18
OR 226 PUSH 225
ordering information 247 push using extended addressing 225
ORX 226 PUSHX 225
oscillator signals 14 PWM mode 91
PxADDR register 56
PxCTL register 57
P
p 220
packaging Q
LQFP QFP 246
44 lead 243
64 lead 244
PDIP 242 R
PLCC R 220
44 lead 244 r 220
68 lead 245 RA
QFP 246 register address 220
part number description 250 RCF 224, 225
part selection guide 2 receive
PC 221 10-bit data format (I2C) 145
PDIP 242 7-bit data transfer format (I2C) 144
peripheral AC and DC electrical characteristics 206 IrDA data 123
PHASE=0 timing (SPI) 130 receive interrupt 141
PHASE=1 timing (SPI) 131 receiving UART data-interrupt-driven method 104
pin characteristics 15 receiving UART data-polled method 104
PLCC register 137, 156, 220
44 lead 244 ADC control (ADCCTL) 165
68-lead 245 ADC data high byte (ADCDH) 166
polarity 220 ADC data low bits (ADCDL) 167
POP 225 baud low and high byte (I2C) 149, 151
pop using extended addressing 225 baud rate high and low byte (SPI) 139
POPX 225 control (SPI) 134
port availability, device 52 control, I2C 148
port input timing (GPIO) 210 data, SPI 133
port output timing, GPIO 211 DMA status (DMAA_STAT) 160
power supply signals 15 DMA_ADC address 158
power-down, automatic (ADC) 163 DMA_ADC control DMAACTL) 159
power-on and voltage brown-out 206 DMAx address high nibble (DMAxH) 156
power-on reset (POR) 45 DMAx control (DMAxCTL) 155
problem description or suggestion 253 DMAx end/address low byte (DMAxEND) 158
product information 252 DMAx start/current address low byte register
program control instructions 226 (DMAxSTART) 157

Z8 Encore!®
261
flash control (FCTL) 175 and STOP mode recovery 44

flash high and low byte (FFREQH and FRE- carry flag 224
EQL) 179 controller 5
flash page select (FPS) 177 sources 45
flash status (FSTAT) 176 RET 226
GPIO port A-H address (PxADDR) 56 return 226
GPIO port A-H alternate function sub-registers return information 252
58 RL 227
GPIO port A-H control address (PxCTL) 57 RLC 227
GPIO port A-H data direction sub-registers 58 rotate and shift instuctions 227
I2C baud rate high (I2CBRH) 150, 151 rotate left 227
I2C control (I2CCTL) 148 rotate left through carry 227
I2C data (I2CDATA) 147 rotate right 227
I2C status 147 rotate right through carry 227
I2C status (I2CSTAT) 147 RP 221
I2Cbaud rate low (I2CBRL) 150 RR 220, 227
mode, SPI 137 rr 220
OCD control 193 RRC 227
OCD status 195
SPI baud rate high byte (SPIBRH) 139
SPI baud rate low byte (SPIBRL) 139 S
SPI control (SPICTL) 135 SBC 224
SPI data (SPIDATA) 134 SCF 224, 225
SPI status (SPISTAT) 136 SCK 128
status, I2C 147 SDA and SCL (IrDA) signals 140
status, SPI 136 second opcode map after 1FH 241
UARTx baud rate high byte (UxBRH) 118 serial clock 128
UARTx baud rate low byte (UxBRL) 118 serial peripheral interface (SPI) 126
UARTx Control 0 (UxCTL0) 114, 117 set carry flag 224, 225
UARTx control 1 (UxCTL1) 116 set register pointer 225
UARTx receive data (UxRXD) 112 shift right arithmatic 227
UARTx status 0 (UxSTAT0) 112 shift right logical 227
UARTx status 1 (UxSTAT1) 114 signal descriptions 13
UARTx transmit data (UxTXD) 111 single-sho conversion (ADC) 163
watch-dog timer control (WDTCTL) 96 SIO 5
watch-dog timer reload high byte (WDTH) 98 slave data transfer formats (I2C) 143
watch-dog timer reload low byte (WDTL) 99 slave select 129
watch-dog timer reload upper byte (WDTU) 98 software trap 226
register file 17 source operand 221
register file address map 21 SP 221
register pair 220 SPI
register pointer 221 architecture 126
reset baud rate generator 133
and STOP mode characteristics 44 baud rate high and low byte register 139

Z8 Encore!®
262
clock phase 129 SUBX 224

configured as slave 127 SWAP 227
control register 134 swap nibbles 227
control register definitions 133 symbols, additional 221
data register 133 system and core resets 45
error detection 132
interrupts 132
mode fault error 132 T
mode register 137 TCM 224
multi-master operation 131 TCMX 224
operation 127 test complement under mask 224
overrun error 132 test complement under mask - extended addressing
signals 128 224
single master, multiple slave system 127 test under mask 224
single master,single slave system 126 test under mask - extended addressing 224
status register 136 timer signals 14
timing, PHASE = 0 130 timers 5, 77
timing, PHASE=1 131 architecture 77
SPI controller signals 13 block diagram 78
SPI mode (SPIMODE) 137 capture mode 82, 91
SPIBRH register 139 capture/compare mode 85, 91
SPIBRL register 139 compare mode 83, 91
SPICTL register 135 continuous mode 79, 91
SPIDATA register 134 counter mode 80
SPIMODE register 137 counter modes 91
SPISTAT register 136 gated mode 84, 91
SRA 227 one-shot mode 78, 91
src 221 operating mode 78
SRL 227 PWM mode 81, 91
SRP 225 reading the timer count values 86
SS, SPI signal 128 reload high and low byte registers 87
stack pointer 221 timer control register definitions 86
status register, I2C 147 timer output signal operation 86
STOP 225 timers 0-3
STOP mode 50, 225 control 0 registers 90
STOP mode recovery control 1 registers 90
sources 48 high and low byte registers 86, 89
using a GPIO port pin transition 49 TM 224
using watch-dog timer time-out 48 TMX 224
SUB 224 transmit
subtract 224 IrDA data 122
subtract - extended addressing 224 transmit interrupt 141
subtract with carry 224 transmitting UART data-polled method 102
subtract with carry - extended addressing 224 transmitting UART dat-interrupt-driven method

Z8 Encore!®
263
103 CNTL 47
TRAP 226 control register 96
electrical characteristics and timing 207
U interrupt in noromal operation 94
UART 4
interrupt in STOP mode 94
architecture 100
asynchronous data format without/with parity operation 93
102 refresh 94, 225
baud rate generator 110
baud rates table 119 reload unlock sequence 95
control register definitions 111 reload upper, high and low registers 97
controller signals 14
reset 47
data format 101
interrupts 108 reset in normal operation 95
multiprocessor mode 106 reset in STOP mode 95
receiving data using interrupt-driven method
104 time-out response 94
receiving data using the polled method 104 WDTCTL register 96
transmitting data usin the interrupt-driven
WDTH register 98
method 103
transmitting data using the polled method 102 WDTL register 99
x baud rate high and low registers 118 working register 220
x control 0 and control 1 registers 114
x status 0 and status 1 registers 112, 114 working register pair 220
UxBRH register 118 WTDU register 98
UxBRL register 118
UxCTL0 register 114, 117
UxCTL1 register 116 X
UxRXD register 112
UxSTAT0 register 112 X 220
UxSTAT1 register 114 XOR 226
UxTXD register 111
XORX 226
V
vector 220 Z
voltage brown-out reset (VBR) 46
Z8 Encore!
block diagram 3
W features 1
watch-dog timer
approximate time-out delay 94 introduction 1
approximate time-out delays 93 part selection guide 2

Z8 Encore!®
264

Datasheet

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Datasheet

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Z8F642x, Z8F482x, Z8F322x,

Z8F242x, and Z8F162x

Z8 Encore!® Z8F642x Series

ZiLOG Worldwide Headquarters • 532 Race Street • San Jose, CA 95126-3432

ZiLOG Worldwide Headquarters

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

Watch-Dog Timer Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

UART Control 0 and Control 1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

I2C Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

Mass Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

General Purpose I/O Port Input Data Sample Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Table of Contents

PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Figures

Figure 34. Interfacing the On-Chip Debugger’s DBG Pin with an

PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Figures

PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Tables

Table 34. IRQ2 Enable Low Bit Register (IRQ2ENL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Tables

Table 70. I2C Data Register (I2CDATA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Tables

Table 106. DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

PS019906-1003 Preliminary List of Tables

About This Manual

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Manual Objectives

Use of the Words Set, Reset and Clear

Notation for Bits and Similar Registers

Use of the Terms LSB, MSB, lsb, and msb

Use of Initial Uppercase Letters

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Manual Objectives

Use of All Uppercase Letters

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Manual Objectives

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Introduction

• 3.0-3.6V operating voltage with 5V-tolerant inputs

Part Selection Guide

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Introduction

Timers UARTs I2C SPI ADC DMA Flash RAM

Figure 1. Z8 Encore!® Block Diagram

CPU and Peripheral Overview

eZ8 CPU Features

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Introduction

General Purpose I/O

10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Introduction

Serial Peripheral Interface

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Introduction

Signal and Pin Descriptions

40-Pin 44-pin 44-pin 64-pin 68-pin 80-pin

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Signal and Pin Descriptions

PD4/RXD1 1 40 PD5 / TXD1

Note: Timer 3 is not supported. * T2OUT is not supported.

Figure 2. Z8Fxx01 in 40-Pin Dual Inline Package (PDIP)

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Signal and Pin Descriptions

Figure 3. Z8Fxx21 in 44-Pin Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC)

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Signal and Pin Descriptions

Figure 4. Z8Fxx21 in 44-Pin Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP)

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Signal and Pin Descriptions

Figure 5. Z8Fxx22 in 64-Pin Low-Profile Quad Flat Package (LQFP)

PS019906-1003 Preliminary Signal and Pin Descriptions